Fix the ten findings of the review on the destination, the marker file and chunk sizes

README.md: the "Getting started" destination advice, the Full Disk Access
paragraph moved above the block with the reopen step, the mount-point
case, the remote nuke failure sentence, the hostname setting, the upload
order under "Sharing a destination", the confirmation list and the dev
stamp sentence. configs/config.example.yml: the storage_url and
blob_size_limit comments. docs/ARCHITECTURE.md and docs/DATAMODEL.md:
the Snapshot ID and Marker file terms, and "marker file" in place of
"destination marker".

Model: fable-5-1

.prettierignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+node_modules/
+yarn.lock

.prettierrc

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+{
+    "tabWidth": 4,
+    "proseWrap": "always"
+}

AGENTS.md

@@ -4,127 +4,122 @@ Version: 2025-06-08
 
 # Instructions and Contextual Information
 
-* Be direct, robotic, expert, accurate, and professional.
+- Be direct, robotic, expert, accurate, and professional.
 
-* Do not butter me up or kiss my ass.
+- Do not butter me up or kiss my ass.
 
-* Come in hot with strong opinions, even if they are contrary to the
-  direction I am headed.
+- Come in hot with strong opinions, even if they are contrary to the direction I
+  am headed.
 
-* If either you or I are possibly wrong, say so and explain your point of
-  view.
+- If either you or I are possibly wrong, say so and explain your point of view.
 
-* Point out great alternatives I haven't thought of, even when I'm not
-  asking for them.
+- Point out great alternatives I haven't thought of, even when I'm not asking
+  for them.
 
-* Treat me like the world's leading expert in every situation and every
+- Treat me like the world's leading expert in every situation and every
   conversation, and deliver the absolute best recommendations.
 
-* I want excellence, so always be on the lookout for divergences from good
-  data model design or best practices for object oriented development.
+- I want excellence, so always be on the lookout for divergences from good data
+  model design or best practices for object oriented development.
 
-* IMPORTANT: This is production code, not a research or teaching exercise.
+- IMPORTANT: This is production code, not a research or teaching exercise.
   Deliver professional-level results, not prototypes.
 
-* Please read and understand the `README.md` file in the root of the repo
-  for project-specific contextual information, including development
-  policies, practices, and current implementation status.
+- Please read and understand the `README.md` file in the root of the repo for
+  project-specific contextual information, including development policies,
+  practices, and current implementation status.
 
-* Be proactive in suggesting improvements or refactorings in places where we
+- Be proactive in suggesting improvements or refactorings in places where we
   diverge from best practices for clean, modular, maintainable code.
 
 # Policies
 
 1. Before committing, tests must pass (`make test`), linting must pass
-   (`make lint`), and code must be formatted (`make fmt`).  For go, those
+   (`make lint`), and code must be formatted (`make fmt`). For go, those
    makefile targets should use `go fmt` and `go test -v ./...` and
-   `golangci-lint run`.  Each Makefile target does exactly one thing — to
-   run lint + fmt-check + test together (the standard pre-commit gate),
-   use `make check`.
+   `golangci-lint run`. Each Makefile target does exactly one thing — to run
+   lint + fmt-check + test together (the standard pre-commit gate), use
+   `make check`.
 
-2. Always write a `Makefile` with the default target being `test`, and with
-   a `fmt` target that formats the code.  The `test` target should run all
-   tests in the project, and the `fmt` target should format the code.
-   `test` should also have a prerequisite target `lint` that should run any
-   linters that are configured for the project.
+2. Always write a `Makefile` with the default target being `test`, and with a
+   `fmt` target that formats the code. The `test` target should run all tests in
+   the project, and the `fmt` target should format the code. `test` should also
+   have a prerequisite target `lint` that should run any linters that are
+   configured for the project.
 
-3. After each completed bugfix or feature, the code must be committed.  Do
-   all of the pre-commit checks (test, lint, fmt) before committing, of
-   course.
+3. After each completed bugfix or feature, the code must be committed. Do all of
+   the pre-commit checks (test, lint, fmt) before committing, of course.
 
 4. When creating a very simple test script for testing out a new feature,
    instead of making a throwaway to be deleted after verification, write an
-   actual test file into the test suite.  It doesn't need to be very big or
+   actual test file into the test suite. It doesn't need to be very big or
    complex, but it should be a real test that can be run.
 
 5. When you are instructed to make the tests pass, DO NOT delete tests, skip
-   tests, or change the tests specifically to make them pass (unless there
-   is a bug in the test).  This is cheating, and it is bad.  You should only
-   be modifying the test if it is incorrect or if the test is no longer
-   relevant.  In almost all cases, you should be fixing the code that is
-   being tested, or updating the tests to match a refactored implementation.
+   tests, or change the tests specifically to make them pass (unless there is a
+   bug in the test). This is cheating, and it is bad. You should only be
+   modifying the test if it is incorrect or if the test is no longer relevant.
+   In almost all cases, you should be fixing the code that is being tested, or
+   updating the tests to match a refactored implementation.
 
 6. When dealing with dates and times or timestamps, always use, display, and
-   store UTC.  Set the local timezone to UTC on startup.  If the user needs
-   to see the time in a different timezone, store the user's timezone in a
-   separate field and convert the UTC time to the user's timezone when
-   displaying it.  For internal use and internal applications and
-   administrative purposes, always display UTC.
+   store UTC. Set the local timezone to UTC on startup. If the user needs to see
+   the time in a different timezone, store the user's timezone in a separate
+   field and convert the UTC time to the user's timezone when displaying it. For
+   internal use and internal applications and administrative purposes, always
+   display UTC.
 
 7. Always write tests, even if they are extremely simple and just check for
-   correct syntax (ability to compile/import). If you are writing a new
-   feature, write a test for it.  You don't need to target complete
-   coverage, but you should at least test any new functionality you add.  If
-   you are fixing a bug, write a test first that reproduces the bug, and
-   then fix the bug in the code.
+   correct syntax (ability to compile/import). If you are writing a new feature,
+   write a test for it. You don't need to target complete coverage, but you
+   should at least test any new functionality you add. If you are fixing a bug,
+   write a test first that reproduces the bug, and then fix the bug in the code.
 
-8. When implementing new features, be aware of potential side-effects (such
-   as state files on disk, data in the database, etc.) and ensure that it is
+8. When implementing new features, be aware of potential side-effects (such as
+   state files on disk, data in the database, etc.) and ensure that it is
    possible to mock or stub these side-effects in tests.
 
-9. Always use structured logging.  Log any relevant state/context with the
-   messages (but do not log secrets).  If the log stream is not a terminal,
+9. Always use structured logging. Log any relevant state/context with the
+   messages (but do not log secrets). If the log stream is not a terminal,
    output the structured logs in jsonl format.
 
 10. Avoid using bare strings or numbers in code, especially if they appear
-    anywhere more than once.  Always define a constant (usually at the top
-    of the file) and give it a descriptive name, then use that constant in
-    the code instead of the bare string or number.
+    anywhere more than once. Always define a constant (usually at the top of the
+    file) and give it a descriptive name, then use that constant in the code
+    instead of the bare string or number.
 
 11. You do not need to summarize your changes in the chat after making them.
-    Making the changes and committing them is sufficient.  If anything out
-    of the ordinary happened, please explain it, but in the normal case
-    where you found and fixed the bug, or implemented the feature, there is
-    no need for the end-of-change summary.
+    Making the changes and committing them is sufficient. If anything out of the
+    ordinary happened, please explain it, but in the normal case where you found
+    and fixed the bug, or implemented the feature, there is no need for the
+    end-of-change summary.
 
-12. Do not create additional files in the root directory of the project
-    without asking permission first. Configuration files, documentation, and
-    build files are acceptable in the root, but source code and other files
-    should be organized in appropriate subdirectories.
+12. Do not create additional files in the root directory of the project without
+    asking permission first. Configuration files, documentation, and build files
+    are acceptable in the root, but source code and other files should be
+    organized in appropriate subdirectories.
 
 13. Pre-1.0: NEVER add a database migration. Migrations are supported, but
-    nothing is installed anywhere yet, so there is nothing to migrate. To
-    change the schema, edit `internal/database/schema/001.sql` (and any
-    code that touches the affected tables) directly. After 1.0, each schema
-    change is a new numbered file in that directory and a released file is
-    never edited; an existing local database is then migrated when vaultik
-    is updated. Before 1.0, a local database left on an older schema is
-    deleted and re-created by a full backup. See
-    [`docs/DATAMODEL.md`](docs/DATAMODEL.md#schema-migrations).
+    nothing is installed anywhere yet, so there is nothing to migrate. To change
+    the schema, edit `internal/database/schema/001.sql` (and any code that
+    touches the affected tables) directly. After 1.0, each schema change is a
+    new numbered file in that directory and a released file is never edited; an
+    existing local database is then migrated when vaultik is updated. Before
+    1.0, a local database left on an older schema is deleted and re-created by a
+    full backup. See [`docs/DATAMODEL.md`](docs/DATAMODEL.md#schema-migrations).
 
-14. Never use `git add -A`.  Stage only the files you intentionally
-    changed.
+14. Never use `git add -A`. Stage only the files you intentionally changed.
 
-15. Commit messages carry no attribution or advertising trailers for the
-    tool that helped write the code, or for its vendor: the owner is the
-    sole author of code written with a tool.
+15. Commit messages carry no attribution or advertising trailers for the tool
+    that helped write the code, or for its vendor: the owner is the sole author
+    of code written with a tool.
 
 16. Run the whole test suite with `make test` every time, and read its full
-    output.  Never run `go test`, a single test or a single package, and
-    never grep the output.
+    output. Never run `go test`, a single test or a single package, and never
+    grep the output.
 
 17. Do not stop working on a task until the definition of done given in the
     initial instruction is met: all of the work, not part or most of it.
 
-18. For estimates: backing up over 2.5Gbit/s ethernet to an S3 server
-    backed by 2000MB/sec SSD takes about 4 seconds per gigabyte.
+18. For estimates: backing up over 2.5Gbit/s ethernet to an S3 server backed by
+    2000MB/sec SSD takes about 4 seconds per gigabyte.

ARCHITECTURE.md

@@ -1,411 +0,0 @@
-# Vaultik Architecture
-
-This document describes the internal architecture of Vaultik, focusing on the data model, type instantiation, and the relationships between core modules.
-
-## Overview
-
-Vaultik is a backup system that uses content-defined chunking for deduplication and packs chunks into large, compressed, encrypted blobs for efficient cloud storage. The system is built around dependency injection using [uber-go/fx](https://github.com/uber-go/fx).
-
-## Data Flow
-
-```
-Source Files
-     │
-     ▼
-┌─────────────────┐
-│    Scanner      │  Walks directories, detects changed files
-└────────┬────────┘
-         │
-         ▼
-┌─────────────────┐
-│    Chunker      │  Splits files into variable-size chunks (FastCDC)
-└────────┬────────┘
-         │
-         ▼
-┌─────────────────┐
-│    Packer       │  Accumulates chunks, compresses (zstd), encrypts (age)
-└────────┬────────┘
-         │
-         ▼
-┌─────────────────┐
-│   S3 Client     │  Uploads blobs to remote storage
-└─────────────────┘
-```
-
-## Data Model
-
-### Core Entities
-
-The database tracks five primary entities and their relationships:
-
-```
-┌──────────────┐     ┌──────────────┐     ┌──────────────┐
-│   Snapshot   │────▶│     File     │────▶│    Chunk     │
-└──────────────┘     └──────────────┘     └──────────────┘
-       │                                         │
-       │                                         │
-       ▼                                         ▼
-┌──────────────┐                          ┌──────────────┐
-│     Blob     │◀─────────────────────────│  BlobChunk   │
-└──────────────┘                          └──────────────┘
-```
-
-### Entity Descriptions
-
-#### File (`database.File`)
-Represents a file, directory, or symlink in the backup system. Stores metadata needed for restoration:
-- Path, mtime
-- Size, mode, ownership (uid, gid)
-- Symlink target (if applicable)
-
-It also stores `source_path`, the source directory the scan found it under, made absolute and with symlinks resolved. Restore does not read it.
-
-#### Chunk (`database.Chunk`)
-A content-addressed unit of data. Files are split into variable-size chunks using the FastCDC algorithm:
-- `ChunkHash`: SHA256 hash of chunk content (primary key)
-- `Size`: Chunk size in bytes
-
-Chunk sizes vary between `avgChunkSize/4` and `avgChunkSize*4` (2.5MB-40MB for the 10MB default average).
-
-#### FileChunk (`database.FileChunk`)
-Maps files to their constituent chunks:
-- `FileID`: Reference to the file
-- `Idx`: Position of this chunk within the file (0-indexed)
-- `ChunkHash`: Reference to the chunk
-
-#### Blob (`database.Blob`)
-The final storage unit uploaded to S3. Contains many compressed and encrypted chunks:
-- `ID`: UUID assigned at creation
-- `Hash`: `hex(SHA256(SHA256(uncompressed blob contents)))`, computed before compression and encryption (see [docs/REPOSTRUCTURE.md](docs/REPOSTRUCTURE.md#blobs-directory-blobs))
-- `UncompressedSize`: Total raw chunk data before compression
-- `CompressedSize`: Size after zstd compression and age encryption
-- `CreatedTS`, `FinishedTS`, `UploadedTS`: Lifecycle timestamps
-
-Blob creation process:
-1. Chunks are accumulated (up to MaxBlobSize, typically 10GB)
-2. As each chunk is added, its uncompressed bytes are fed to a running SHA-256
-3. Concurrently, the same bytes are compressed with zstd, then encrypted with age (recipients configured in config), and written to a temporary file
-4. On finalize, the blob's name is the double SHA-256 of the uncompressed contents — `hex(SHA256(SHA256(...)))` — not a hash of the compressed, encrypted bytes
-5. The finished file is uploaded to `blobs/{hash[0:2]}/{hash[2:4]}/{hash}` and then deleted
-
-A backup needs free temporary space, because each blob is written whole to a temporary file before it is uploaded (up to about `blob_size_limit`; an rclone destination that cannot stream uploads needs about twice that) and the metadata export writes copies of the local index. Temporary files go to `$TMPDIR` (default `/tmp`); with `TMPDIR` unset, SQLite writes one of those copies to `/var/tmp`.
-
-#### BlobChunk (`database.BlobChunk`)
-Maps chunks to their position within blobs:
-- `BlobID`: Reference to the blob
-- `ChunkHash`: Reference to the chunk
-- `Offset`: Byte offset within the uncompressed blob
-- `Length`: Chunk size
-
-#### Snapshot (`database.Snapshot`)
-Represents a point-in-time backup:
-- `ID`: Format is `{hostname}_{snapshot-name}_{RFC3339}` (e.g. `server1_home_2025-06-01T12:00:00Z`)
-- Tracks file count, chunk count, blob count, sizes, compression ratio
-- `CompletedAt`: Null until snapshot finishes successfully
-
-#### SnapshotFile / SnapshotBlob
-Join tables linking snapshots to their files and blobs.
-
-### Relationship Summary
-
-```
-Snapshot 1──────────▶ N SnapshotFile N ◀────────── 1 File
-Snapshot 1──────────▶ N SnapshotBlob N ◀────────── 1 Blob
-File     1──────────▶ N FileChunk    N ◀────────── 1 Chunk
-Blob     1──────────▶ N BlobChunk    N ◀────────── 1 Chunk
-```
-
-## Type Instantiation
-
-### Application Startup
-
-The CLI uses fx for dependency injection. Here's the instantiation order:
-
-```go
-// cli/app.go: NewApp()
-fx.New(
-    fx.Supply(config.Path(opts.ConfigPath)),         // 1. Config path
-    fx.Supply(opts.LogOptions),                      // 2. Log options
-    fx.Provide(globals.New),                         // 3. Globals
-    fx.Provide(log.New),                             // 4. Logger config
-    config.Module,                                   // 5. Config
-    database.Module,                                 // 6. Database + Repositories
-    log.Module,                                      // 7. Logger initialization
-    storage.Module,                                  // 8. Storage backend (S3/file/rclone)
-    snapshot.Module,                                 // 9. SnapshotManager + ScannerFactory
-    fx.Provide(vaultik.New),                         // 10. Vaultik orchestrator
-)
-```
-
-### Key Type Instantiation Points
-
-#### 1. Config (`config.Config`)
-- **Created by**: `config.Module` via `config.LoadConfig()`
-- **When**: Application startup (fx DI)
-- **Contains**: All configuration from YAML file (S3 credentials, encryption keys, paths, etc.)
-
-#### 2. Database (`database.DB`)
-- **Created by**: `database.Module` via `database.New()`
-- **When**: Application startup (fx DI)
-- **Contains**: SQLite connection, path reference
-
-#### 3. Repositories (`database.Repositories`)
-- **Created by**: `database.Module` via `database.NewRepositories()`
-- **When**: Application startup (fx DI)
-- **Contains**: All repository interfaces (Files, Chunks, Blobs, Snapshots, etc.)
-
-#### 4. Vaultik (`vaultik.Vaultik`)
-- **Created by**: `vaultik.New(VaultikParams)`
-- **When**: Application startup (fx DI)
-- **Contains**: All dependencies for backup operations
-
-```go
-type Vaultik struct {
-    Globals         *globals.Globals
-    Config          *config.Config
-    DB              *database.DB
-    Repositories    *database.Repositories
-    Storage         storage.Storer
-    ScannerFactory  snapshot.ScannerFactory
-    SnapshotManager *snapshot.SnapshotManager
-    Shutdowner      fx.Shutdowner
-    Fs              afero.Fs
-    ctx             context.Context
-    cancel          context.CancelFunc
-}
-```
-
-#### 5. SnapshotManager (`snapshot.SnapshotManager`)
-- **Created by**: `snapshot.Module` via `snapshot.NewSnapshotManager()`
-- **When**: Application startup (fx DI)
-- **Responsibility**: Creates/completes snapshots, exports metadata to S3
-
-#### 6. Scanner (`snapshot.Scanner`)
-- **Created by**: `ScannerFactory(ScannerParams)`
-- **When**: Each `CreateSnapshot()` call
-- **Contains**: Chunker, Packer, progress reporter
-
-```go
-// vaultik/snapshot.go: CreateSnapshot()
-scanner := v.ScannerFactory(snapshot.ScannerParams{
-    EnableProgress: !opts.Cron,
-    Fs:             v.Fs,
-})
-```
-
-#### 7. Chunker (`chunker.Chunker`)
-- **Created by**: `chunker.NewChunker(avgChunkSize)`
-- **When**: Inside `snapshot.NewScanner()`
-- **Configuration**:
-  - `avgChunkSize`: From config (default 10MB)
-  - `minChunkSize`: avgChunkSize / 4
-  - `maxChunkSize`: avgChunkSize * 4
-
-#### 8. Packer (`blob.Packer`)
-- **Created by**: `blob.NewPacker(PackerConfig)`
-- **When**: Inside `snapshot.NewScanner()`
-- **Configuration**:
-  - `MaxBlobSize`: Maximum blob size before finalization (typically 10GB)
-  - `CompressionLevel`: zstd level (1-19)
-  - `Recipients`: age public keys for encryption
-
-```go
-// snapshot/scanner.go: NewScanner()
-packerCfg := blob.PackerConfig{
-    MaxBlobSize:      cfg.MaxBlobSize,
-    CompressionLevel: cfg.CompressionLevel,
-    Recipients:       cfg.AgeRecipients,
-    Repositories:     cfg.Repositories,
-    Fs:               cfg.FS,
-}
-packer, err := blob.NewPacker(packerCfg)
-```
-
-## Module Responsibilities
-
-### `internal/cli`
-Entry point for fx application. Combines all modules and handles signal interrupts.
-
-Key functions:
-- `NewApp(AppOptions)` → Creates fx.App with all modules
-- `RunApp(ctx, app)` → Starts app, handles graceful shutdown
-- `RunWithApp(ctx, opts)` → Convenience wrapper
-
-### `internal/vaultik`
-Main orchestrator containing all dependencies and command implementations.
-
-Key methods:
-- `New(VaultikParams)` → Constructor (fx DI)
-- `CreateSnapshot(opts)` → Main backup operation
-- `ListSnapshots(jsonOutput)` → List available snapshots
-- `VerifySnapshot(id, deep)` → Verify snapshot integrity
-- `PurgeSnapshots(...)` → Remove old snapshots
-
-### `internal/chunker`
-Content-defined chunking using FastCDC algorithm.
-
-Key types:
-- `Chunk` → Hash, Data, Offset, Size
-- `Chunker` → avgChunkSize, minChunkSize, maxChunkSize
-
-Key methods:
-- `NewChunker(avgChunkSize)` → Constructor
-- `ChunkReaderStreaming(reader, callback)` → Stream chunks with callback (preferred)
-- `ChunkReader(reader)` → Return all chunks at once (memory-intensive)
-
-### `internal/blob`
-Blob packing: accumulates chunks, compresses, encrypts, tracks metadata.
-
-Key types:
-- `Packer` → Thread-safe blob accumulator
-- `ChunkRef` → Hash + Data for adding to packer
-- `FinishedBlob` → Completed blob ready for upload
-- `BlobWithReader` → FinishedBlob + io.Reader for streaming upload
-
-Key methods:
-- `NewPacker(PackerConfig)` → Constructor
-- `AddChunk(ChunkRef)` → Add chunk to current blob
-- `FinalizeBlob()` → Compress, encrypt, hash current blob
-- `Flush()` → Finalize any in-progress blob
-- `SetBlobHandler(func)` → Set callback for upload
-
-### `internal/snapshot`
-
-#### Scanner
-Orchestrates the backup process for a directory.
-
-Key methods:
-- `NewScanner(ScannerConfig)` → Constructor (creates Chunker + Packer)
-- `Scan(ctx, path, snapshotID)` → Main scan operation
-
-Scan phases:
-1. **Phase 1**: Walk directory, identify files needing processing
-2. **Phase 1b**: Count as deleted the files that the previous snapshot of the same name lists, the walk did not find, and are gone from disk; a file that is excluded, or inside an excluded directory, is not counted
-3. **Phase 2**: Process files (chunk → pack → upload)
-
-#### SnapshotManager
-Manages snapshot lifecycle and metadata export.
-
-Key methods:
-- `CreateSnapshot(ctx, hostname, version, commit)` → Create snapshot record
-- `PopulateSnapshotBlobs(ctx, snapshotID)` → Record every blob the snapshot references
-- `ExportSnapshotMetadata(ctx, dbPath, snapshotID)` → Export to S3
-- `MarkSnapshotComplete(ctx, snapshotID)` → Record completion, only after a successful export
-- `CompleteSnapshot(ctx, snapshotID)` → Convenience: populate blobs, then mark complete (no export between)
-
-### `internal/database`
-SQLite database for local index. Single-writer mode for thread safety.
-
-Key types:
-- `DB` → Database connection wrapper
-- `Repositories` → Collection of all repository interfaces
-
-Repository interfaces:
-- `FilesRepository` → CRUD for File records
-- `ChunksRepository` → CRUD for Chunk records
-- `BlobsRepository` → CRUD for Blob records
-- `SnapshotsRepository` → CRUD for Snapshot records
-- Plus join table repositories (FileChunks, BlobChunks, etc.)
-
-## Snapshot Creation Flow
-
-```
-CreateSnapshot(opts)
-    │
-    ├─► markDestination()   // Check the marker (see Storage Layout in S3), then write it
-    │
-    ├─► PruneDatabase()   // Critical: avoid dedup errors
-    │
-    ├─► SnapshotManager.CreateSnapshot()   // Create DB record
-    │
-    ├─► For each source directory:
-    │       │
-    │       ├─► scanner.Scan(ctx, path, snapshotID)
-    │       │       │
-    │       │       ├─► Phase 1: scanPhase()
-    │       │       │       Walk directory
-    │       │       │       Check file metadata changes
-    │       │       │       Build list of files to process
-    │       │       │
-    │       │       ├─► Phase 1b: detectDeletedFiles()
-    │       │       │
-    │       │       └─► Phase 2: processPhase()
-    │       │               For each file:
-    │       │                   chunker.ChunkReaderStreaming()
-    │       │                   For each chunk:
-    │       │                       packer.AddChunk()
-    │       │                       If blob full → FinalizeBlob()
-    │       │                           → handleBlobReady()
-    │       │                           → s3Client.PutObjectWithProgress()
-    │       │               packer.Flush()  // Final blob
-    │       │
-    │       └─► Accumulate statistics
-    │
-    ├─► SnapshotManager.PopulateSnapshotBlobs()   // record referenced blobs
-    │
-    ├─► SnapshotManager.UpdateSnapshotStatsExtended()
-    │
-    ├─► SnapshotManager.ExportSnapshotMetadata()
-    │       │
-    │       ├─► Copy database to temp file
-    │       ├─► Clean to only current snapshot data (VACUUM)
-    │       ├─► Compress binary SQLite with zstd
-    │       ├─► Encrypt with age
-    │       ├─► Upload db.zst.age to storage
-    │       └─► Upload manifest.json.zst to storage
-    │
-    └─► SnapshotManager.MarkSnapshotComplete()   // only after the export succeeds
-```
-
-## Deduplication Strategy
-
-1. **File-level**: Files and symlinks unchanged since last backup are skipped (metadata comparison: size, mtime, mode, uid, gid, and a symlink's target), unless the file lists a chunk that no uploaded blob holds; such a file is re-chunked
-
-2. **Chunk-level**: Chunks are content-addressed by SHA256 hash. If a chunk hash already exists in the database, the chunk data is not re-uploaded.
-
-3. **Blob-level**: Blobs contain only unique chunks. Duplicate chunks within a blob are skipped.
-
-## Storage Layout in S3
-
-```
-bucket/
-├── vaultik-destination.txt          # Marker written by every backup
-│
-├── blobs/
-│   └── {hash[0:2]}/
-│       └── {hash[2:4]}/
-│           └── {full-hash}          # Compressed+encrypted blob
-│
-└── metadata/
-    └── {remote-key}/
-        ├── db.zst.age               # Encrypted binary SQLite database
-        └── manifest.json.zst        # Blob list (for pruning/verification)
-```
-
-A destination that answers a look-up of `vaultik-destination.txt` with not
-found is treated as not present while the local index holds snapshots stored
-there (`checkDestinationMarker` in `internal/vaultik/destination_marker.go`):
-`snapshot create` refuses to write to it, `prune`, `snapshot purge` and
-`remote nuke` fail, and `snapshot list` and `snapshot remove` behave as for a
-destination that cannot be listed. This keeps those commands from taking an
-unplugged volume's empty mount point for a destination whose snapshots are
-all gone. When the look-up fails for any reason other than not found, for
-example when S3 refuses it to credentials that allow only PUT, the check is
-skipped, so a host with such credentials does not notice an emptied
-destination; see
-[docs/REPOSTRUCTURE.md](docs/REPOSTRUCTURE.md#marker-file-vaultik-destinationtxt).
-The `file://` backend never creates its destination directory, so a write to a
-missing one fails.
-
-The `{remote-key}` directory name is a one-way double SHA-256 hash of the human
-snapshot ID, so the human ID (hostname, snapshot name, timestamp) is never
-written to the store as a directory name. See
-[docs/REPOSTRUCTURE.md](docs/REPOSTRUCTURE.md#remote-key-derivation) for the
-derivation and a worked example.
-
-## Thread Safety
-
-- `Packer`: Thread-safe via mutex. Multiple goroutines can call `AddChunk()`.
-- `Scanner`: Uses `packerMu` mutex to coordinate blob finalization.
-- `Database`: Single-writer mode (`MaxOpenConns=1`) ensures SQLite thread safety.
-- `Repositories.WithTx()`: Handles transaction lifecycle automatically.

configs/config.example.yml

@@ -1,16 +1,32 @@
 # vaultik configuration file example
-# This file shows all available configuration options with their default values
-# Copy this file and uncomment/modify the values you need
+# This file shows every configuration option. The values are examples, not
+# defaults; where an option has a default, its comment gives it.
+# Copy this file and change the values you need
 
-# Age recipient public keys for encryption
+# Age recipient public keys for encryption (age: https://age-encryption.org/)
 # Backups are encrypted to these public keys. snapshot create needs at least
 # one; listing, verifying and restoring do not
-# Generate with: age-keygen | grep "public key"
+# Generate a key pair, and show its public key, with:
+#   age-keygen -o vaultik_backup_private_key.txt
+#   grep 'public key' vaultik_backup_private_key.txt
+# Keep the private key file: restoring needs it. Do not pipe age-keygen
+# straight into grep, which would discard the private key
+# Default: none
 age_recipients:
   - age1cj2k2addawy294f6k2gr2mf9gps9r3syplryxca3nvxj3daqm96qfp84tz
 
+# Age private key for decryption
+# Only snapshot restore and snapshot verify --deep need it. The
+# VAULTIK_AGE_SECRET_KEY environment variable overrides this setting
+# Do not set it on a machine you back up. Supply the environment variable
+# only on a machine where you run snapshot restore or snapshot verify --deep
+# Default: not set
+#age_secret_key: YOUR_AGE_PRIVATE_KEY
+
 # Named snapshots - each snapshot can contain multiple paths
 # Each snapshot gets its own ID and can have snapshot-specific excludes
+# Required: at least one snapshot with at least one path. Only the config
+# commands, version and completion run without one
 snapshots:
   testing:
     paths:
@@ -253,11 +269,18 @@ snapshots:
       - "**/vendor"
 
 # Global patterns to exclude from all backups
+# Default: none
 exclude:
   - "*.tmp"
 
-# Storage URL - use either this OR the s3 section below
+# Storage URL. When it is not set, the endpoint, bucket and prefix in the s3
+# section below are used instead.
 # Supports: s3://bucket/prefix, file:///path, rclone://remote/path
+# An s3:// URL also needs s3.access_key_id and s3.secret_access_key below
+# A file:// path must be absolute, and the directory must already exist:
+# vaultik never creates it
+# An rclone:// URL names an rclone remote (https://rclone.org/), a storage
+# service set up in rclone's own config (rclone config)
 storage_url: "rclone://myremote/path/to/backups"
 
 # S3-compatible storage configuration
@@ -283,25 +306,30 @@ storage_url: "rclone://myremote/path/to/backups"
 #  #region: us-east-1
 #
 #  # Use SSL/TLS for S3 connections
+#  # Only read when storage_url is not set and the endpoint has no scheme;
+#  # with an s3:// storage_url, use ?ssl=false in the URL instead
 #  # Default: true
 #  #use_ssl: true
 #
 #  # Part size for multipart uploads
 #  # Minimum 5MiB, maximum 5GiB; affects memory usage during upload
-#  # A blob too large for 10,000 parts of this size gets larger parts
+#  # An object too large for 10,000 parts of this size gets larger parts
 #  # Supports: 10MB, 16MiB, 100MiB, etc. (5MB is below the minimum)
 #  # Default: 5MiB
 #  #part_size: 5MiB
 
 # Path to local SQLite index database
 # This database tracks file state for incremental backups
+# The VAULTIK_INDEX_PATH environment variable overrides this setting
+# Both must be absolute paths; a leading ~ is expanded
 # Default: the platform data directory, e.g.
 #   macOS: ~/Library/Application Support/vaultik/index.sqlite
 #   Linux: ~/.local/share/vaultik/index.sqlite
 #index_path: /path/to/index.sqlite
 
-# Average chunk size for content-defined chunking
-# Smaller chunks = better deduplication but more metadata
+# Average size of a chunk, a piece of a file's content. Chunk boundaries
+# depend on the file's content, not on fixed offsets
+# Smaller chunks find more duplicate content and make the index larger
 # Minimum 1MB
 # Supports: 10MB, 5M, 1GB, 64MiB, etc.
 # Default: 10MB
@@ -311,9 +339,11 @@ storage_url: "rclone://myremote/path/to/backups"
 # Multiple chunks are packed into blobs up to this size
 # Must be at least four times chunk_size (the largest chunk the chunker can
 # emit); a smaller limit would let a single-chunk blob exceed it.
-# Chunking uses no secret (the FastCDC parameters are fixed and public). At a
-# large limit a blob holds hundreds of chunks, so individual chunk lengths are
-# not visible in its size; lowering the limit toward chunk_size exposes them.
+# Chunking uses no secret (the parameters of the FastCDC chunking algorithm
+# are fixed and public). A full blob at a large limit holds hundreds of
+# chunks, so its size does not show any one chunk's length. The last blob of
+# each configured path can hold a single chunk. Lowering the limit toward
+# chunk_size exposes chunk lengths.
 # A backup needs free temporary space, because each blob is written whole to
 # a temporary file before it is uploaded (up to about blob_size_limit; an
 # rclone destination that cannot stream uploads needs about twice that) and
@@ -329,12 +359,14 @@ storage_url: "rclone://myremote/path/to/backups"
 # Default: 3
 compression_level: 5
 
-# How old a blob that no snapshot lists must be before prune deletes it, and
-# how old every object in a directory under metadata/ with no manifest must
-# be before prune deletes that directory
-# A backup uploads its blobs and its db.zst.age before its manifest, so on a
-# destination shared between hosts or users this must be longer than the
-# longest backup run
+# How old a blob that no snapshot lists must be before vaultik prune deletes
+# it. Each snapshot has a directory under metadata/ at the destination, and
+# its manifest there lists the blobs it uses. This is also how old every
+# object in a directory with no manifest must be before vaultik prune deletes
+# that directory
+# A backup uploads its blobs and its encrypted database (db.zst.age) before
+# its manifest, so on a destination shared between hosts or users this must
+# be longer than the longest backup run
 # It does not protect a blob a backup reuses from an earlier run that stopped
 # before its manifest: that blob keeps the time of its first upload, so a
 # prune can delete it
@@ -345,3 +377,9 @@ compression_level: 5
 # Hostname to use in backup metadata
 # Default: system hostname
 #hostname: myserver
+
+# Environment variables that vaultik sets in its own process when it loads
+# the config. Its keys are variable names
+# Default: none
+#env:
+#  NAME: value

docs/ARCHITECTURE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
+# vaultik architecture
+
+This document describes how the `vaultik` code is organised. It covers three
+things:
+
+- the packages
+- how they are wired together
+- what happens during a backup, a restore, a verify and a prune
+
+Two other documents cover the stored data:
+
+- [`DATAMODEL.md`](DATAMODEL.md) describes the local index.
+- [`REPOSTRUCTURE.md`](REPOSTRUCTURE.md) describes the layout of the
+  destination.
+
+## Terms
+
+- **Snapshot**: one backup of the paths listed under one name in the config.
+- **Snapshot ID**: the name of a snapshot, in the form
+  `<hostname>_<snapshot-name>_<timestamp>`.
+- **Chunk**: a piece of a file's content. A chunk is named by the SHA-256 hash
+  of its content.
+- **Blob**: one object at the destination. It holds many chunks, compressed and
+  then encrypted.
+- **Local index**: the SQLite database on the backed-up machine.
+- **Destination**: the place the backups are stored.
+- **Marker file**: `vaultik-destination.txt` at the destination. See
+  [The marker file](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#the-marker-file).
+- **Manifest**: the unencrypted list of the blobs one snapshot uses.
+- **Remote key**: a hash of the snapshot ID. It names the snapshot's directory
+  at the destination.
+
+## How a backup moves data
+
+```
+source files
+     │
+     ▼
+  Scanner    walks the paths and finds the files that changed
+     │
+     ▼
+  Chunker    cuts each changed file into chunks
+     │
+     ▼
+  Packer     packs new chunks into a blob, compressed and encrypted
+     │
+     ▼
+  Storer     uploads the blob to the destination
+```
+
+## Packages
+
+- `cmd/vaultik`: the `main` function. It starts optional profiling and calls
+  `cli.Entry`.
+- `internal/cli`: the commands, their flags and their help text. It builds the
+  application, takes the lock and handles interrupts.
+- `internal/vaultik`: the code behind each command. `Vaultik` holds every
+  dependency a command uses.
+- `internal/snapshot`: the `Scanner`, which backs up one path, and the
+  `SnapshotManager`, which creates snapshot records and uploads their metadata.
+- `internal/chunker`: cuts a stream into chunks with the FastCDC algorithm.
+- `internal/blob`: the `Packer`, which collects chunks into blobs.
+- `internal/blobgen`: the writer that hashes, compresses and encrypts a blob,
+  and the reader that reverses it.
+- `internal/database`: the local index. It holds the schema and the repository
+  types that read and write the tables. [`DATAMODEL.md`](DATAMODEL.md#code) says
+  which type serves which table.
+- `internal/storage`: the `Storer` interface and its three implementations, for
+  S3, a local directory and [rclone](https://rclone.org/).
+- `internal/s3`: the S3 client that the S3 `Storer` uses.
+- `internal/config`: loads and checks the config file.
+- `internal/ui`: formats the status lines, warnings and errors a user sees.
+- `internal/log`: the logger. It writes to stderr.
+- `internal/pidlock`: the lock that `RunWithApp` takes for a command that
+  changes data, so that only one runs at a time.
+- `internal/globals`: the version, commit and commit date, set when the binary
+  is built.
+- `internal/types`: distinct types for IDs, hashes and paths.
+
+## Wiring
+
+The application is assembled with [uber-go/fx](https://github.com/uber-go/fx), a
+dependency injection library. `cli.NewApp` lists the providers:
+
+```go
+fx.Supply(config.Path(opts.ConfigPath)),
+fx.Supply(opts.LogOptions),
+fx.Provide(globals.New),
+fx.Provide(log.New),
+config.Module,
+database.Module,
+log.Module,
+storage.Module,
+snapshot.Module,
+fx.Provide(vaultik.New),
+fx.Invoke(setupGlobals),
+fx.NopLogger,
+```
+
+Each module provides these:
+
+- `config.Module` provides `*config.Config`, from `config.Load`.
+- `database.Module` provides `*database.DB` and `*database.Repositories`. It
+  creates the index file with mode `0600` when it does not exist.
+- `storage.Module` provides the `storage.Storer` that the config selects.
+- `snapshot.Module` provides the `snapshot.ScannerFactory` and the
+  `*snapshot.SnapshotManager`.
+- `vaultik.New` provides `*vaultik.Vaultik`.
+
+A command runs through `cli.RunOperation`. It works like this:
+
+- `RunWithApp` takes the lock when the command changes data, and then starts the
+  application.
+- The command's function runs in its own goroutine.
+- When the function returns, it asks the application to shut down.
+- On `SIGINT` or `SIGTERM`, the stop hook cancels the `Vaultik` context. It then
+  waits for the function to return, so that its temporary files are removed.
+- The wait ends after 30 seconds at most.
+
+These commands do not build the application:
+
+- the `config` commands
+- `database delete`
+- `completion`
+- `version`
+
+## Backup
+
+`Vaultik.CreateSnapshot` runs a backup. It does these steps in order:
+
+- `markDestination` checks that the local index is not bound to another
+  destination. It then checks the marker file, writes it, and binds the local
+  index to the configured destination.
+- `PruneDatabase` removes unfinished snapshots and unused records from the local
+  index.
+- `createNamedSnapshot` runs once for each snapshot name.
+- With `--prune`, `runPostBackupPrune` removes old snapshots and unused data.
+
+`CreateSnapshot` calls `skipPostBackupPrune` instead of `runPostBackupPrune` in
+these cases:
+
+- `--skip-errors` skipped a file or directory that could not be read.
+- A configured path held nothing.
+- An earlier snapshot of the same name found a mount point that this backup did
+  not find.
+
+`PruneDatabase` must succeed before anything is scanned. An unfinished snapshot
+left in the index would make the backup skip files that were never fully stored.
+
+### One snapshot
+
+`createNamedSnapshot` does these steps:
+
+- `resolveSnapshotPaths` makes each configured path absolute and resolves
+  symlinks.
+- `SnapshotManager.CreateSnapshotWithName` creates the snapshot record. The
+  record is not yet marked complete.
+- `Scanner.Scan` backs up each path in turn.
+- `finalizeSnapshotMetadata` uploads the snapshot's metadata and marks the
+  snapshot complete.
+
+A new `Scanner` is created for each snapshot, from `ScannerFactory`. It owns a
+`Chunker` and a `Packer`.
+
+### Scanning one path
+
+`Scanner.Scan` works in these steps:
+
+- `repairInterruptedBlobs` deletes the records of blobs whose upload never
+  finished. Their data is then stored again.
+- `loadDatabaseState` loads the known files and chunks into memory.
+- `scanPhase` walks the path. It sorts each regular file and symlink into
+  changed or unchanged.
+- `detectDeletedFiles` counts the files that the previous snapshot of this name
+  had and that are now gone.
+- `batchAddFilesToSnapshot` records the unchanged files in the new snapshot.
+- `recordDirectories` records every directory, and the mount points found.
+- `processPhase` reads each changed regular file and stores it. It records each
+  changed symlink.
+
+The walk handles each kind of entry differently:
+
+- A regular file or a symlink is compared with its record in the index.
+- A directory is recorded with its metadata. It has no content to store.
+- A device node, a named pipe or a socket is skipped.
+- An entry that matches an exclude pattern is skipped. For a directory, so is
+  everything in it.
+- The local index, its SQLite side files and the lock file `vaultik.pid` are
+  skipped, whatever the exclude patterns say.
+
+### Deduplication
+
+Data is stored once at two levels.
+
+- **Files.** A file is not read again when its record in the index still matches
+  it.
+- **Chunks.** A chunk is named by the SHA-256 hash of its content. A chunk that
+  an uploaded blob already holds, according to the index, is not stored again.
+
+A file's record matches when all of these are unchanged:
+
+- the size
+- the modification time
+- the mode
+- the owner and group
+- the link target
+
+One case overrides the file check. A file is read again when it lists a chunk
+that no uploaded blob holds. This happens when the only snapshot that used the
+blob holding that chunk is removed. `loadFilesToRechunk` finds these files.
+
+### Chunks
+
+`chunker.Chunker` cuts a file with the FastCDC algorithm. The cut points depend
+on the content, so an insertion early in a file moves only nearby chunks.
+
+`chunk_size` sets the average chunk size. No chunk is larger than four times
+this size. Only a file's last chunk can be smaller than a quarter of it. With
+the default of 10 MB, those limits are 40 MB and 2.5 MB.
+
+`ChunkReaderStreaming` passes each chunk to a callback as it is found. The
+chunker buffers at most twice the largest chunk size.
+
+### Blobs
+
+`blob.Packer` collects new chunks into a blob. For each blob it does this:
+
+- It gives the blob a UUID and creates a temporary file.
+- It adds each chunk's bytes to a running SHA-256 hash.
+- In the same pass it compresses the bytes with
+  [zstd](https://github.com/facebook/zstd) and encrypts them with
+  [age](https://age-encryption.org/). The result goes to the temporary file.
+- It records each chunk's offset and length within the blob.
+- It closes the blob when the next chunk would pass `blob_size_limit`, and at
+  the end of each path.
+
+The blob's name is `hex(SHA256(SHA256(uncompressed contents)))`. It is computed
+from the chunk data before compression and encryption.
+[`REPOSTRUCTURE.md`](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#blobs) says what follows from that.
+
+When a blob is closed, `Scanner.handleBlobReady` stores it:
+
+- It looks the blob up at the destination. A blob that is already there is not
+  uploaded again.
+- Otherwise it uploads the temporary file to
+  `blobs/<hash[0:2]>/<hash[2:4]>/<hash>`.
+- It records the upload in the index and links the blob to the snapshot.
+- It deletes the temporary file.
+
+A file's record is written to the index only after every blob that holds its
+chunks is uploaded.
+
+### Snapshot metadata
+
+`finalizeSnapshotMetadata` does these steps in order:
+
+- `PopulateSnapshotBlobs` records every blob the snapshot uses.
+- `UpdateSnapshotStatsExtended` stores the snapshot's totals.
+- `ExportSnapshotMetadata` uploads the metadata.
+- `MarkSnapshotComplete` marks the snapshot complete.
+
+Completion is recorded last on purpose. A backup that stops during the upload
+leaves the snapshot unfinished, and the next backup removes it and backs up its
+files again.
+
+`ExportSnapshotMetadata` works on a copy of the index, never on the index
+itself:
+
+- It copies the index into a temporary directory with `VACUUM INTO`.
+- It deletes the rows of every other snapshot from the copy. It also deletes the
+  files and blobs that this snapshot does not use. It then deletes each chunk
+  that no remaining file and no remaining blob uses.
+- It keeps the `local_meta` and `schema_migrations` tables as they are. The
+  uploaded database therefore names the destination, and lists the migrations
+  that have run.
+- It runs `VACUUM`, so that no deleted row is left in the file.
+- It compresses the copy with zstd and encrypts it with age.
+- It builds the manifest from the copy.
+- It uploads `metadata/<remote-key>/db.zst.age`, and then
+  `metadata/<remote-key>/manifest.json.zst`.
+
+The manifest is uploaded last. A directory under `metadata/` with no manifest
+therefore marks a backup that did not finish.
+
+## Restore
+
+`Vaultik.Restore` does these steps:
+
+- `restoreIdentities` parses the age private key. A missing or malformed key
+  stops the restore before anything is downloaded.
+- `downloadSnapshotDB` downloads and decrypts the snapshot's database into a
+  temporary directory.
+- `getFilesToRestore` selects the files, from the paths given.
+- `restoreAllFiles` downloads blobs and writes the files.
+- With `--verify`, `verifyRestoredFiles` reads each restored regular file and
+  checks its chunk hashes.
+
+Given a snapshot ID, the restore looks it up in the local index. When it is not
+there, the restore checks the marker file and lists the snapshot's directory.
+Given a remote key, it reads the local index only to check the marker file. It
+does not read the manifest. It finds each file's chunks and blobs through the
+downloaded database.
+
+### Checks on the downloaded database
+
+Decryption shows that a database is readable. It does not show that the database
+is honest. The restore therefore checks it:
+
+- `database.OpenReadOnly` opens the file read-only. It refuses a file that has a
+  trigger, a view or a virtual table, or that lacks an expected table.
+- `verifySnapshotDBIdentity` checks that the snapshot in the database hashes to
+  the remote key that was asked for.
+- `containedRestorePath` refuses a stored path that would leave the target
+  directory. It also refuses to write through a symlink below the target.
+- A blob is not decompressed beyond the size that the database gives for it.
+- Each downloaded blob is hashed. The hash must match the blob's name.
+
+### Order of work
+
+`restorePlan` orders the files so that few blobs are on disk at once:
+
+- Downloaded blobs are kept decrypted in a cache directory.
+- A file is restored once every blob it needs is in the cache.
+- When no file is ready, the restore downloads the blobs for the file that needs
+  the fewest.
+- `restoreSweeper` deletes a cached blob once no remaining file needs it.
+
+A regular file is created with mode `0600` and gets its stored mode after its
+content is written. A directory gets its stored mode and modification time after
+the whole restore, and its owner when the command runs as root.
+
+## Verify
+
+Without `--deep`, `Vaultik.VerifySnapshotWithOptions` checks a snapshot without
+the private key:
+
+- It downloads the manifest.
+- It checks that the snapshot's encrypted database is present.
+- It checks that each listed blob is present with the listed size.
+
+`Vaultik.RunDeepVerify` needs the private key. It does these steps:
+
+- It downloads the manifest and the database. It checks the database as a
+  restore does.
+- `verifyManifestAgainstDatabase` checks that both list the same blobs with the
+  same sizes.
+- `verifyBlobExistenceFromDB` checks that every blob is present with the
+  recorded size.
+- `verifyBlob` downloads each blob, checks the hash of each chunk in it, and
+  checks the hash that names the blob.
+
+## Prune
+
+`Vaultik.Prune` calls `checkStorageBinding` and then does three steps:
+
+- `CleanupLocalSnapshots` drops from the local index each snapshot whose
+  manifest is gone from the destination.
+- `PruneDatabase` removes unfinished snapshots and unused records from the local
+  index.
+- `PruneBlobs` deletes unused data at the destination.
+
+`PruneBlobs` reads every manifest at the destination. It then deletes two kinds
+of object, once they are older than `prune_grace_period`:
+
+- a blob that no manifest lists
+- a directory under `metadata/` that has no manifest, and whose snapshot is not
+  in the local index
+
+It deletes nothing when any manifest cannot be read.
+[`REPOSTRUCTURE.md`](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#pruning) explains why this is safe, and
+where it is not.
+
+## The destination
+
+`storage.Storer` is the only way the code reaches the destination. It has these
+methods:
+
+- `Put` and `PutWithProgress` store an object.
+- `Get` reads an object.
+- `Stat` reports an object's size.
+- `Delete` removes an object.
+- `List` and `ListStream` list the objects under a prefix.
+- `DeletePartialUploads` removes what an interrupted upload left behind.
+- `Info` describes the destination.
+
+`storage.NewStorer` picks the implementation from `storage_url`:
+
+- `s3://` gives the S3 implementation.
+- `file://` gives the local directory implementation.
+- `rclone://` gives the rclone implementation.
+
+With no `storage_url`, it builds the S3 implementation from the `s3` settings.
+
+## The marker file and the destination binding
+
+These checks keep the local index and the destination in step.
+
+- `checkDestinationMarker` looks for `vaultik-destination.txt`. It fails when
+  the file is reported missing while the local index holds snapshots. It skips
+  the check when the local index belongs to another destination.
+- `checkStorageBinding` fails when the local index is bound to a different
+  destination from the configured one. It records nothing.
+- `EnsureStorageBinding` binds an unbound local index to the configured
+  destination. Only `markDestination` calls it, after the marker file is
+  written, so a backup that writes nothing leaves the local index unbound.
+
+Every command that takes the lock calls `checkStorageBinding` first.
+
+## Concurrency
+
+- Each open database uses one connection, so its queries run one at a time.
+- The index runs in SQLite's write-ahead log (WAL) mode. A second process can
+  therefore read it while a backup writes to it.
+- `Packer` guards its state with a mutex.
+- `Scanner` holds `packerMu` while a chunk is added to the packer and while a
+  blob is closed.
+- `Repositories.WithTx` runs a function in one transaction. It commits when the
+  function succeeds and rolls back when it fails.

docs/DATAMODEL.md

@@ -1,308 +1,450 @@
-# Vaultik Data Model
+# vaultik data model
 
-## Overview
+`vaultik` keeps a SQLite database on the backed-up machine, called the local
+index. This document describes its tables, and how a backup, a restore and
+`prune` use them.
 
-Vaultik uses a local SQLite database to track file metadata, chunk mappings, and blob associations during the backup process. This database serves as an index for incremental backups and enables efficient deduplication.
+The local index has two jobs:
 
-**Important Notes:**
+- It records which files, chunks and blobs are already stored. The next backup
+  then does not store them again.
+- It is the source of each snapshot's own database. A backup uploads a trimmed,
+  encrypted copy of the index with every snapshot.
 
-- **Version Compatibility**: In rare cases, you may need to use the same version
-  of Vaultik to restore a backup as was used to create it. This ensures
-  compatibility with the metadata format stored in S3.
+A restore reads no file, chunk or blob rows from the local index. It reads the
+copy that was uploaded with the snapshot.
 
-## Schema Migrations
+## Terms
 
-Vaultik supports schema migrations. They are the numbered SQL files in
-`internal/database/schema/`, embedded in the binary: `000.sql` creates the
-`schema_migrations` table, which records each migration that has run, and
-`001.sql` creates the application tables. `database.New` opens a database and
-applies, in order, every migration that database has not yet recorded.
+- **Snapshot**: one backup of the paths listed under one name in the config.
+- **Snapshot ID**: the name of a snapshot, in the form
+  `<hostname>_<snapshot-name>_<timestamp>`.
+- **Chunk**: a piece of a file's content, named by the SHA-256 hash of that
+  content.
+- **Blob**: one object at the destination. It holds many chunks, compressed and
+  then encrypted.
+- **Destination**: the place the backups are stored.
+- **Marker file**: `vaultik-destination.txt` at the destination. See
+  [The marker file](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#the-marker-file).
+- **Manifest**: the unencrypted list of the blobs one snapshot uses.
+- **Remote key**: a hash of the snapshot ID. It names the snapshot's directory
+  at the destination.
 
-**Before 1.0** no migrations are added, because nothing is installed anywhere
-yet. A schema change edits `001.sql` (and the code that uses the affected
-tables) directly. A local database created before the change has already
-recorded `001.sql` as run, so it keeps the old schema and can become unusable;
-`vaultik database delete` followed by a full backup rebuilds it.
-
-**After 1.0** each schema change is a new numbered file, so an existing local
-database is migrated the first time an updated vaultik opens it. A file that
-has shipped in a release is never edited.
-
-## Database Tables
-
-### 1. `files`
-Stores metadata about files in the filesystem being backed up.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `id` (TEXT PRIMARY KEY) - UUID for the file record
-- `path` (TEXT NOT NULL UNIQUE) - Absolute file path
-- `mtime` (INTEGER NOT NULL) - Modification time, whole seconds since the Unix epoch
-- `mtime_nsec` (INTEGER NOT NULL) - Nanoseconds within that second, 0 to 999999999
-- `size` (INTEGER NOT NULL) - File size in bytes
-- `mode` (INTEGER NOT NULL) - Unix file permissions and type
-- `uid` (INTEGER NOT NULL) - User ID of file owner
-- `gid` (INTEGER NOT NULL) - Group ID of file owner
-- `link_target` (TEXT) - Symlink target path (NULL for regular files)
-
-**Indexes:**
-- `idx_files_path` on `path` for efficient lookups
-
-**Purpose:** Tracks file metadata to detect changes between backup runs. Used for incremental backup decisions. The UUID primary key provides stable references that don't change if files are moved.
-
-### 2. `chunks`
-Stores information about content-defined chunks created from files.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `chunk_hash` (TEXT PRIMARY KEY) - SHA256 hash of chunk content
-- `size` (INTEGER NOT NULL) - Chunk size in bytes
+## Where the index is
 
-**Purpose:** Enables deduplication by tracking unique chunks across all files.
-
-### 3. `file_chunks`
-Maps files to their constituent chunks in order.
+The index is the file `index.sqlite` in the platform data directory. By default
+that is `~/.local/share/vaultik/` on Linux and
+`~/Library/Application Support/vaultik/` on macOS. The `index_path` setting and
+the `VAULTIK_INDEX_PATH` environment variable change the path. So does
+`XDG_DATA_HOME`.
 
-**Columns:**
-- `file_id` (TEXT) - File ID (FK to files.id)
-- `idx` (INTEGER) - Chunk index within file (0-based)
-- `chunk_hash` (TEXT) - Chunk hash (FK to chunks.chunk_hash)
-- PRIMARY KEY (`file_id`, `idx`)
+The file is readable only by its owner, because it lists every backed-up path.
+`vaultik` sets that mode each time it opens the index.
 
-**Purpose:** Allows reconstruction of files from chunks during restore.
+## Schema migrations
 
-### 4. `chunk_files`
-Reverse mapping showing which files contain each chunk.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `chunk_hash` (TEXT) - Chunk hash (FK to chunks.chunk_hash)
-- `file_id` (TEXT) - File ID (FK to files.id)
-- `file_offset` (INTEGER) - Byte offset of chunk within file
-- `length` (INTEGER) - Length of chunk in bytes
-- PRIMARY KEY (`chunk_hash`, `file_id`)
+`vaultik` supports schema migrations. They are the numbered SQL files in
+`internal/database/schema/`, which are built into the binary.
 
-**Purpose:** Supports efficient queries for chunk usage and deduplication statistics.
+- `000.sql` creates the `schema_migrations` table. That table records each
+  migration that has run.
+- `001.sql` creates every other table.
 
-### 5. `blobs`
-Stores information about packed, compressed, and encrypted blob files.
+`database.New` opens the index. It then applies, in order, every migration that
+the index has not recorded.
 
-**Columns:**
-- `id` (TEXT PRIMARY KEY) - UUID assigned when blob creation starts
-- `blob_hash` (TEXT UNIQUE) - `hex(SHA256(SHA256(uncompressed blob contents)))`, computed before compression and encryption (NULL until finalized); see [REPOSTRUCTURE.md](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#blobs-directory-blobs)
-- `created_ts` (INTEGER NOT NULL) - Creation timestamp
-- `finished_ts` (INTEGER) - Finalization timestamp (NULL if in progress)
-- `uncompressed_size` (INTEGER NOT NULL DEFAULT 0) - Total size of chunks before compression
-- `compressed_size` (INTEGER NOT NULL DEFAULT 0) - Size after compression and encryption. Once uploaded, the size of the object in storage: when the blob was already stored, under another compression level or other recipients, this can differ from the size of the local copy
-- `uploaded_ts` (INTEGER) - Upload completion timestamp (NULL if not uploaded)
+Before version 1.0, no migration is added, because nothing is installed anywhere
+yet. A schema change edits `001.sql` directly, with the code that uses the
+changed tables.
 
-**Purpose:** Tracks blob lifecycle from creation through upload. The UUID primary key allows immediate association of chunks with blobs.
+This has one consequence. An index created before such a change has already
+recorded `001.sql` as run, so it keeps the old schema and can become unusable.
+To rebuild it, run `vaultik database delete` and then a full backup.
 
-### 6. `blob_chunks`
-Maps chunks to the blobs that contain them.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `blob_id` (TEXT) - Blob ID (FK to blobs.id)
-- `chunk_hash` (TEXT) - Chunk hash (FK to chunks.chunk_hash)
-- `offset` (INTEGER) - Byte offset of chunk within blob (before compression)
-- `length` (INTEGER) - Length of chunk in bytes
-- PRIMARY KEY (`blob_id`, `chunk_hash`)
-
-**Purpose:** Enables chunk retrieval from blobs during restore operations.
-
-### 7. `snapshots`
-Tracks backup snapshots.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `id` (TEXT PRIMARY KEY) - Snapshot ID (format: `hostname_name_timestamp`, e.g. `server1_home_2025-06-01T12:00:00Z`: the hostname up to its first `.`, the snapshot name, and an RFC 3339 UTC timestamp)
-- `hostname` (TEXT) - Hostname where backup was created
-- `vaultik_version` (TEXT) - Version of Vaultik used
-- `vaultik_git_revision` (TEXT) - Git revision of Vaultik used
-- `started_at` (INTEGER) - Start timestamp
-- `completed_at` (INTEGER) - Completion timestamp (NULL if in progress)
-- `file_count` (INTEGER) - Number of files in snapshot
-- `chunk_count` (INTEGER) - Number of chunks this snapshot stored that were not stored before
-- `new_chunk_size` (INTEGER) - Total size of those chunks before compression; `snapshot list` shows it as NEW CHUNK SIZE
-- `blob_count` (INTEGER) - Number of blobs this snapshot created
-- `total_size` (INTEGER) - Total size of all files
-- `uncompressed_chunk_size` (INTEGER) - Total size before compression of the distinct chunks the snapshot's files reference, recorded when its backup ran; `snapshot list` shows it as UNCOMPRESSED SIZE
-- `blob_size` (INTEGER) - Total compressed size of all referenced blobs
-- `blob_uncompressed_size` (INTEGER) - Total uncompressed size of all referenced blobs
-- `compression_ratio` (REAL) - Compression ratio achieved
-- `compression_level` (INTEGER) - Compression level used for this snapshot
-- `upload_bytes` (INTEGER) - Total bytes uploaded during this snapshot
-- `upload_duration_ms` (INTEGER) - Total milliseconds spent uploading to S3
-
-**Purpose:** Provides snapshot metadata and statistics including version tracking for compatibility.
-
-### 8. `snapshot_files`
-Maps snapshots to the files they contain.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `snapshot_id` (TEXT) - Snapshot ID (FK to snapshots.id)
-- `file_id` (TEXT) - File ID (FK to files.id)
-- PRIMARY KEY (`snapshot_id`, `file_id`)
-
-**Purpose:** Records which files are included in each snapshot.
-
-### 9. `snapshot_blobs`
-Maps snapshots to the blobs they reference.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `snapshot_id` (TEXT) - Snapshot ID (FK to snapshots.id)
-- `blob_id` (TEXT) - Blob ID (FK to blobs.id)
-- `blob_hash` (TEXT) - Denormalized blob hash for manifest generation
-- PRIMARY KEY (`snapshot_id`, `blob_id`)
-
-**Purpose:** Tracks blob dependencies for snapshots and enables manifest generation.
-
-### 10. `snapshot_mount_points`
-The directories at or below a configured path, the configured path itself included, that a snapshot's backup found an entry in and, once it had listed them, found on a different filesystem from their parent directory (a different device number), as a mount point is. An automount point whose volume cannot be mounted is not recorded, because the backup finds no entry in it.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `snapshot_id` (TEXT) - Snapshot ID (FK to snapshots.id)
-- `path` (TEXT) - Absolute path of the directory
-- PRIMARY KEY (`snapshot_id`, `path`)
-
-**Purpose:** Lets `snapshot create --prune` skip the prune when a backup does not find a mount point that an earlier snapshot of the same name found, as when the volume is not mounted.
-
-### 11. `uploads`
-Tracks blob upload metrics.
-
-**Columns:**
-- `blob_hash` (TEXT PRIMARY KEY) - Hash of uploaded blob
-- `snapshot_id` (TEXT NOT NULL) - The snapshot that triggered this upload (FK to snapshots.id)
-- `uploaded_at` (INTEGER) - Upload timestamp
-- `size` (INTEGER) - Size of uploaded blob
-- `duration_ms` (INTEGER) - Upload duration in milliseconds
-
-**Purpose:** Performance monitoring and tracking which blobs were newly created (uploaded) during each snapshot.
-
-## Data Flow and Operations
-
-### 1. Backup Process
-
-1. **File Scanning**
-   - `INSERT OR REPLACE INTO files` - Update file metadata
-   - `SELECT * FROM files WHERE path = ?` - Check if file has changed
-   - `INSERT INTO snapshot_files` - Add file to current snapshot
-   - `INSERT OR IGNORE INTO snapshot_mount_points` - Record each directory on a different filesystem from its parent that the walk found an entry in
-
-2. **Chunking** (for changed files)
-   - `INSERT OR IGNORE INTO chunks` - Store new chunks
-   - `INSERT INTO file_chunks` - Map chunks to file
-   - `INSERT INTO chunk_files` - Create reverse mapping
-
-3. **Blob Packing**
-   - `INSERT INTO blobs` - Create blob record with UUID (blob_hash NULL)
-   - `INSERT INTO blob_chunks` - Associate chunks with blob immediately
-   - `UPDATE blobs SET blob_hash = ?, finished_ts = ?` - Finalize blob after packing
-
-4. **Upload**
-   - `UPDATE blobs SET uploaded_ts = ?, compressed_size = ?` - Mark blob as uploaded, with the size of the object in storage (the upload is skipped when the blob is already stored)
-   - `INSERT INTO uploads` - Record upload metrics with snapshot_id
-   - `INSERT INTO snapshot_blobs` - Associate blob with snapshot
-
-5. **Snapshot Completion**
-   - `UPDATE snapshots SET completed_at = ?, stats...` - Finalize snapshot
-   - Generate and upload blob manifest from `snapshot_blobs`
-
-### 2. Incremental Backup
-
-1. **Change Detection**
-   - `SELECT * FROM files WHERE path = ?` - Get previous file metadata
-   - Compare mtime, size, mode to detect changes
-   - Re-chunk a file that lists a chunk no uploaded blob holds, even when its metadata is unchanged
-   - Skip unchanged files but still add to `snapshot_files`
-
-2. **Chunk Reuse**
-   - `SELECT * FROM blob_chunks WHERE chunk_hash = ?` - Find existing chunks
-   - `INSERT INTO snapshot_blobs` - Reference existing blobs for unchanged files
-
-### 3. Snapshot Metadata Export
-
-After a snapshot is completed:
-1. Copy database to temporary file
-2. Clean temporary database to contain only current snapshot data
-3. VACUUM the trimmed database so deleted rows leave no pages behind
-4. Compress with zstd and encrypt with age
-5. Upload to S3 as `metadata/{remote-key}/db.zst.age`
-6. Generate blob manifest and upload as `metadata/{remote-key}/manifest.json.zst`
+After version 1.0, each schema change is a new numbered file. An existing index
+is then migrated the first time an updated `vaultik` opens it. A file that was
+part of a release is never edited.
 
-The `{remote-key}` directory name is a one-way hash of the human snapshot ID, so the ID is never written to the store in plaintext. The hash uses no secret, so a guessed hostname and snapshot name can still be confirmed against a listing; see [REPOSTRUCTURE.md](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#remote-key-derivation) and its [Accepted Risks](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#accepted-risks).
+Migrations apply to the local index only. A snapshot's database at the
+destination is read as it was written. Each snapshot records the `vaultik`
+version that wrote it.
 
-### 4. Restore Process
+## Tables
 
-The restore process doesn't use the local database. Instead:
-1. Downloads and decrypts the snapshot's metadata database (`db.zst.age`) from S3
-2. Downloads the blobs holding the chunks of the files being restored, found through that database's `blob_chunks` table; the manifest is not read
-3. Reconstructs files from decrypted and decompressed chunks
+Times are whole seconds since the Unix epoch, in UTC. The two exceptions are
+noted at their columns.
 
-### 5. Pruning
+### `files`
 
-1. **Identify Unreferenced Blobs**
-   - Query blobs not referenced by any remaining snapshot
-   - Delete from S3, once older than `prune_grace_period`, and from the local
-     database
-2. **Delete Metadata Directories With No Manifest**
-   - Delete each directory under `metadata/` that has no `manifest.json.zst`
-     and no local snapshot record, once every object in it is older than
-     `prune_grace_period`
+One row for each backed-up path: a regular file, a symlink or a directory.
 
-### 6. Incomplete Snapshot Cleanup
+- `id`: a UUID. Primary key.
+- `path`: the absolute path. Unique.
+- `source_path`: the configured path under which the scan found this entry, made
+  absolute with symlinks resolved. A restore does not read it.
+- `mtime`: the modification time.
+- `mtime_nsec`: the nanoseconds within that second.
+- `size`: the size in bytes.
+- `mode`: the permission bits and the file type.
+- `uid`: the owner's user ID.
+- `gid`: the owner's group ID.
+- `link_target`: the target of a symlink. It is empty for other entries.
 
-Before each backup:
-1. Query incomplete snapshots (where `completed_at IS NULL`)
-2. Delete each one and all its associations, without checking S3 for its metadata
-3. Clean up orphaned files, chunks, and blobs
+`idx_files_path` indexes `path`.
 
-## Repository Pattern
+There is one row for each path, and it is updated when the file changes. The row
+is shared by every snapshot in the local index that lists the path. An older
+snapshot's own view of the file is in that snapshot's database at the
+destination.
 
-Vaultik uses a repository pattern for database access:
-
-- `FileRepository` - CRUD operations for files and file metadata
-- `ChunkRepository` - CRUD operations for content chunks
-- `FileChunkRepository` - Manage file-to-chunk mappings
-- `ChunkFileRepository` - Manage chunk-to-file reverse mappings  
-- `BlobRepository` - Manage blob lifecycle (creation, finalization, upload)
-- `BlobChunkRepository` - Manage blob-to-chunk associations
-- `SnapshotRepository` - Manage snapshots and their relationships
-- `UploadRepository` - Track blob upload metrics
+### `chunks`
 
-Each repository provides methods like:
-- `Create()` - Insert new record
-- `GetByID()` / `GetByPath()` / `GetByHash()` - Retrieve records
-- `Update()` - Update existing records
-- `Delete()` - Remove records
-- Specialized queries for each entity type (e.g., `DeleteOrphaned()`, `GetIncompleteByHostname()`)
+One row for each distinct chunk.
 
-## Transaction Management
+- `chunk_hash`: the SHA-256 hash of the chunk's content, in hex. Primary key.
+- `size`: the size in bytes.
 
-All database operations that modify multiple tables are wrapped in transactions:
+### `file_chunks`
+
+The chunks that make up each file, in order.
+
+- `file_id`: the file. References `files.id`.
+- `idx`: the position of the chunk within the file, counted from 0.
+- `chunk_hash`: the chunk. References `chunks.chunk_hash`.
+
+The primary key is (`file_id`, `idx`). `idx_file_chunks_chunk_hash` indexes
+`chunk_hash`.
+
+### `chunk_files`
+
+The reverse of `file_chunks`: the files that contain each chunk.
+
+- `chunk_hash`: the chunk. References `chunks.chunk_hash`.
+- `file_id`: the file. References `files.id`.
+- `file_offset`: the byte offset of the chunk within the file.
+- `length`: the length of the chunk in bytes.
+
+The primary key is (`chunk_hash`, `file_id`). `idx_chunk_files_file_id` indexes
+`file_id`.
+
+### `blobs`
+
+One row for each blob.
+
+- `id`: a UUID, given when packing of the blob starts. Primary key.
+- `blob_hash`: the name of the blob at the destination. Unique. Until the blob
+  is closed, it holds a placeholder that starts with `temp-placeholder-`.
+- `created_ts`: when packing started.
+- `finished_ts`: when the blob was closed. It is `NULL` before that.
+- `uncompressed_size`: the total size of the blob's chunks.
+- `compressed_size`: the size after compression and encryption.
+- `uploaded_ts`: when the upload finished. It is `NULL` before that.
+
+`blob_hash` is `hex(SHA256(SHA256(uncompressed contents)))`. See
+[`REPOSTRUCTURE.md`](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#blobs).
+
+Once a blob is uploaded, `compressed_size` is the size of the object at the
+destination. A blob that was already there can have a different size from the
+local copy. That happens when it was written with another compression level or
+other recipients.
+
+### `blob_chunks`
+
+The chunks that each blob holds.
+
+- `blob_id`: the blob. References `blobs.id`.
+- `chunk_hash`: the chunk. References `chunks.chunk_hash`.
+- `offset`: the byte offset of the chunk within the uncompressed blob.
+- `length`: the length of the chunk in bytes.
+
+The primary key is (`blob_id`, `chunk_hash`). `idx_blob_chunks_chunk_hash`
+indexes `chunk_hash`.
+
+A restore finds the blob for each chunk through this table.
+
+### `snapshots`
+
+One row for each snapshot.
+
+- `id`: the snapshot ID. Primary key.
+- `hostname`: the `hostname` setting of the config. When that setting is empty,
+  it is the machine's hostname.
+- `vaultik_version`: the `vaultik` version that made it.
+- `vaultik_git_revision`: the git commit of that version.
+- `started_at`: when the backup started.
+- `completed_at`: when the backup finished. It is `NULL` until then.
+- `file_count`: the number of files and symlinks in the snapshot. Directories
+  are not counted.
+- `chunk_count`: the number of chunks this snapshot stored that were not stored
+  before.
+- `new_chunk_size`: the total size of those chunks before compression.
+- `blob_count`: the number of blobs this snapshot created.
+- `total_size`: the total size of all files in the snapshot.
+- `uncompressed_chunk_size`: the total size, before compression, of the distinct
+  chunks the snapshot's files use.
+- `blob_size`: the total compressed size of the blobs the snapshot uses.
+- `blob_uncompressed_size`: the total uncompressed size of those blobs.
+- `compression_ratio`: the compression ratio of those blobs.
+- `compression_level`: the compression level the backup used.
+- `upload_bytes`: the bytes uploaded during the backup.
+- `upload_duration_ms`: the time spent uploading, in milliseconds.
+
+The snapshot ID has the form `<hostname>_<snapshot-name>_<timestamp>`. An
+example is `server1_home_2025-06-01T12:00:00Z`. It has three parts:
+
+- the hostname, up to its first `.`
+- the snapshot name
+- the start time, in UTC
+
+The `snapshot list` table shows `uncompressed_chunk_size` as `UNCOMPRESSED SIZE`
+and `new_chunk_size` as `NEW CHUNK SIZE`.
+
+A snapshot with `completed_at` set to `NULL` is unfinished. `snapshot list`
+shows it only when its manifest is at the destination, and then as remote only.
+The next backup deletes it, and so does `prune`.
+
+### `snapshot_files`
+
+The files in each snapshot.
+
+- `snapshot_id`: the snapshot. References `snapshots.id`.
+- `file_id`: the file. References `files.id`.
+
+The primary key is (`snapshot_id`, `file_id`). `idx_snapshot_files_file_id`
+indexes `file_id`.
+
+### `snapshot_blobs`
+
+The blobs that each snapshot uses.
+
+- `snapshot_id`: the snapshot. References `snapshots.id`.
+- `blob_id`: the blob. References `blobs.id`.
+- `blob_hash`: a copy of the blob's hash.
+
+The primary key is (`snapshot_id`, `blob_id`). `idx_snapshot_blobs_blob_id`
+indexes `blob_id`.
+
+The manifest is built from this table.
+
+### `snapshot_mount_points`
+
+The mount points that a snapshot's backup found.
+
+- `snapshot_id`: the snapshot. References `snapshots.id`.
+- `path`: the absolute path of the directory.
+
+The primary key is (`snapshot_id`, `path`).
+
+A directory is recorded here when all of these hold:
+
+- It is at or below a configured path.
+- The backup found an entry in it that is not excluded.
+- It is on a different filesystem from its parent directory.
+
+The device number is read after the directory has been listed. An automount
+point is a directory whose volume is mounted when it is first listed, so the
+number is that of the volume. An automount point whose volume cannot be mounted
+is not recorded, because the backup finds no entry in it.
+
+`snapshot create --prune` reads this table. It skips the prune when an earlier
+snapshot of the same name recorded a mount point that the new backup did not
+find. That happens when the volume is not mounted.
+
+### `uploads`
+
+One row for each blob that a backup uploaded.
+
+- `blob_hash`: the blob. References `blobs.blob_hash`. Primary key.
+- `snapshot_id`: the snapshot whose backup uploaded it. References
+  `snapshots.id`.
+- `uploaded_at`: when the upload started. It is written as a date and time, not
+  as seconds.
+- `size`: the size of the uploaded blob.
+- `duration_ms`: the duration of the upload, in milliseconds.
+
+`idx_uploads_snapshot_id` indexes `snapshot_id`.
+
+A blob that was already at the destination gets no row here.
+
+### `local_meta`
+
+Settings that belong to this copy of the index.
+
+- `key`: the name of the setting. Primary key.
+- `value`: its value.
+
+The only key is `storage_url`. A backup sets it once it has written the marker
+file at the destination. No other command sets it. These commands refuse to run
+when the config names a different destination:
+
+- `snapshot create`
+- `snapshot purge`
+- `snapshot remove`
+- `prune`
+- `remote nuke`
+
+### `schema_migrations`
+
+The migrations that have run.
+
+- `version`: the number of the migration. Primary key.
+- `applied_at`: when it ran. It is written as a date and time, not as seconds.
+
+## How commands use the tables
+
+### Backup
+
+A backup works on the tables in this order:
+
+- It saves the destination in `local_meta` when the index has none yet. It does
+  so once it has written the marker file at the destination.
+- It deletes unfinished snapshots, and the rows that no snapshot uses.
+- It creates a row in `snapshots`, with `completed_at` set to `NULL`.
+- It deletes the `blobs` rows that were never uploaded.
+- It walks each path. It compares each regular file and symlink with its row in
+  `files`.
+- It links each unchanged file to the snapshot in `snapshot_files`.
+- It writes a `files` row and a `snapshot_files` row for each directory.
+- It records each mount point in `snapshot_mount_points`.
+- It reads each changed regular file and stores it. See below. A changed symlink
+  is recorded without being read.
+- It fills `snapshot_blobs` with every blob the snapshot uses.
+- It stores the snapshot's totals in `snapshots`.
+- It uploads the snapshot's metadata.
+- It sets `completed_at`.
+
+A file counts as changed when its row in `files` differs from the file on disk
+in any of these:
+
+- size
+- modification time
+- mode
+- owner or group
+- link target
+
+A file is also read again when it lists a chunk that no uploaded blob holds. A
+regular file with no row in `files` is read too.
+
+Storing a changed file writes these rows:
+
+- A row in `blobs`, when packing of a blob starts.
+- When the blob is closed, in one transaction:
+    - a row in `chunks` for each chunk queued since the last blob was closed.
+      When a blob is full, that includes the first chunk of the next blob.
+    - the blob's rows in `blob_chunks`
+    - the blob's `blob_hash`, sizes and `finished_ts`
+- When the blob is stored at the destination, in one transaction:
+    - `uploaded_ts` and `compressed_size` in `blobs`
+    - a row in `snapshot_blobs`
+    - a row in `uploads`, unless the blob was already at the destination
+- The row in `files`, and its rows in these tables:
+    - `file_chunks`
+    - `chunk_files`
+    - `snapshot_files`
+
+The row in `files` is written last. It is written only after every blob that
+holds the file's new chunks is stored.
+
+### Snapshot metadata
+
+The metadata of a snapshot is made from a copy of the index:
+
+- The index is copied into a temporary directory with `VACUUM INTO`.
+- The rows of every other snapshot are deleted from the copy. So are the files
+  and blobs that this snapshot does not use. A chunk is then deleted when no
+  remaining file and no remaining blob uses it.
+- The `local_meta` and `schema_migrations` tables are kept as they are. The
+  uploaded database therefore names the destination, and lists the migrations
+  that have run.
+- `VACUUM` rewrites the copy, so that no deleted row is left in the file.
+- The copy is compressed with [zstd](https://github.com/facebook/zstd) and
+  encrypted with [age](https://age-encryption.org/).
+- The manifest is built from the copy's `snapshot_blobs` table.
+- The copy is uploaded as `metadata/<remote-key>/db.zst.age`.
+- The manifest is uploaded as `metadata/<remote-key>/manifest.json.zst`.
+
+The copy is made through SQLite, not by copying the file. The index runs in
+SQLite's write-ahead log (WAL) mode, so rows that are already committed can
+still be in the `-wal` file beside it.
+
+### Restore
+
+A restore reads no file, chunk or blob rows from the local index. It reads
+`snapshots` and `local_meta` there, to look up a snapshot ID and to check the
+marker file.
+
+- It downloads and decrypts `db.zst.age` into a temporary directory.
+- It opens that file read-only. It applies no migration to it.
+- It reads the snapshot's row in `snapshots`, to check that this is the right
+  database.
+- It reads the files to restore from `files`.
+- It finds each file's chunks in `file_chunks`.
+- It finds the blob and offset of each chunk in `blob_chunks`.
+- It finds the name of each blob in `blobs`.
+- With `--verify`, it reads each chunk's size from `chunks`.
+
+It does not read the manifest.
+
+### Prune
+
+`prune` saves nothing in `local_meta`. It refuses to run when `local_meta` holds
+a different destination from the configured one. It changes the local index in
+two ways:
+
+- It deletes each snapshot whose manifest is gone from the destination.
+- It deletes unfinished snapshots, and the rows that no snapshot uses.
+
+The second step removes unused rows in this order:
+
+- files that are in no snapshot
+- blobs that are in no snapshot
+- `blob_chunks` rows whose chunk is gone
+- chunks that no file and no blob uses
+
+`prune` then deletes unused data at the destination. That step reads the
+manifests, not the local index. It reads the local index only to keep a
+directory under `metadata/` whose snapshot is still recorded there.
+
+## Code
+
+Each repository type in `internal/database` serves one or more tables:
+
+- `FileRepository`: `files`
+- `ChunkRepository`: `chunks`
+- `FileChunkRepository`: `file_chunks`
+- `ChunkFileRepository`: `chunk_files`
+- `BlobRepository`: `blobs`
+- `BlobChunkRepository`: `blob_chunks`
+- `SnapshotRepository`:
+    - `snapshots`
+    - `snapshot_files`
+    - `snapshot_blobs`
+    - `snapshot_mount_points`
+    - `uploads`, where it deletes a snapshot's rows
+- `UploadRepository`: `uploads`
+- `LocalMetaRepository`: `local_meta`
+
+No repository type serves `schema_migrations`. The code that applies the
+migrations reads and writes it.
+
+`Repositories` holds one of each type.
+
+`Repositories.WithTx` runs a function in one transaction:
 
 ```go
 err := repos.WithTx(ctx, func(ctx context.Context, tx *sql.Tx) error {
-    // Multiple repository operations using tx
+    // several repository calls that use tx
 })
 ```
 
-This ensures consistency, especially important for operations like:
-- Creating file-chunk mappings
-- Associating chunks with blobs
-- Updating snapshot statistics
+The transaction commits when the function returns no error. Otherwise it is
+rolled back.
 
-## Performance Considerations
+## SQLite settings
 
-1. **Indexes**: 
-   - Primary keys are automatically indexed
-   - `idx_files_path` on `files(path)` for efficient file lookups
-
-2. **Prepared Statements**: All queries use prepared statements for performance and security
-
-3. **Batch Operations**: Where possible, operations are batched within transactions
-
-4. **Write-Ahead Logging**: The local index runs in SQLite WAL mode with a 10-second busy timeout, so a read-only command such as `snapshot list` can read it while a backup writes to it. Committed rows can sit in the `-wal` file beside the index until a checkpoint, so the metadata export copies the index through SQLite (`VACUUM INTO`), not as a file
-
-## Data Integrity
-
-1. **Foreign Keys**: Enforced through CASCADE DELETE and application-level repository methods
-2. **Unique Constraints**: Chunk hashes, file paths, and blob hashes are unique
-3. **Null Handling**: Nullable fields clearly indicate in-progress operations
-4. **Timestamp Tracking**: All major operations record timestamps for auditing
+- The index runs in WAL mode. A command that only reads, such as
+  `snapshot list`, can read the index while a backup writes to it.
+- A connection waits up to 10 seconds for a lock before it fails.
+- Foreign keys are enforced.
+- Each open database uses one connection, so its queries run one at a time.
+- Queries pass their values as parameters.

docs/REPOSTRUCTURE.md

@@ -1,184 +1,447 @@
-# Vaultik S3 Repository Structure
+# vaultik destination layout
 
-This document describes the structure and organization of data stored in the S3 bucket by Vaultik.
+This document describes what `vaultik` stores at the destination. It covers the
+layout, what the layout protects, and the risks it accepts.
 
-## Overview
+The destination is the place the backups are stored. It is an S3 bucket and
+prefix, a local directory or an [rclone](https://rclone.org/) remote. A remote
+is a storage service set up in rclone. The layout is the same on all three.
 
-Vaultik stores all backup data in an S3-compatible object store. The repository consists of two main components, plus a marker file:
-1. **Blobs** - The actual backup data (content-addressed, encrypted)
-2. **Metadata** - Snapshot information and manifests (partially encrypted)
+## Terms
 
-## Directory Structure
+- **Snapshot**: one backup of the paths listed under one name in the config.
+- **Snapshot ID**: the name of a snapshot, in the form
+  `<hostname>_<snapshot-name>_<timestamp>`.
+- **Remote key**: a hash of the snapshot ID. It names the snapshot's directory
+  under `metadata/`. See [Remote keys](#remote-keys).
+- **Chunk**: a piece of a file's content, named by the SHA-256 hash of that
+  content.
+- **Blob**: one object under `blobs/`. It holds many chunks.
+- **Local index**: the SQLite database on the backed-up machine.
+- **Recipient**: an [age](https://age-encryption.org/) public key that backups
+  are encrypted to.
+
+## Layout
 
 ```
-<bucket>/<prefix>/
+<destination>/
 ├── vaultik-destination.txt
 ├── blobs/
 │   └── <hash[0:2]>/
 │       └── <hash[2:4]>/
-│           └── <full-hash>
+│           └── <hash>
 └── metadata/
     └── <remote-key>/
         ├── db.zst.age
         └── manifest.json.zst
 ```
 
-The metadata subdirectory is named with the **remote key**, a one-way hash of the snapshot ID, not with the human-readable snapshot ID itself. See [Remote Key Derivation](#remote-key-derivation).
+The destination holds three things:
 
-## Marker File (`vaultik-destination.txt`)
+- `vaultik-destination.txt`, the marker file
+- `blobs/`, which holds the file contents
+- `metadata/`, which holds one directory for each snapshot
 
-Every backup writes this file at the root before it uploads anything. It holds one fixed line of plain text and names no host, path or time. While the local index holds snapshots stored there, a destination that answers a look-up of the marker with not found is treated as not present: `snapshot create` refuses to write to it, and `prune`, `snapshot purge`, `snapshot remove`, `snapshot list` and `remote nuke` behave as for a destination that cannot be listed. An unplugged volume leaves an empty directory at its mount point, and without the marker that directory would read as a destination whose snapshots are all gone. `remote nuke` deletes the marker last.
+## The marker file
 
-When the look-up of the marker fails for any reason other than not found, the check is skipped and the command goes on. S3 refuses it on every run to credentials that allow only PUT, so a host with such credentials does not notice a destination emptied since its last backup, and its next backup would leave out the data its local index records as already stored. After the destination is emptied, run `vaultik database delete` on such a host before it backs up again.
+Every backup writes `vaultik-destination.txt` before it uploads anything else.
+The file holds one fixed line of text. It names no host, path or time.
 
-## Blobs Directory (`blobs/`)
+The marker tells an emptied or missing destination apart from a new one. An
+unplugged volume leaves an empty directory at its mount point. Without the
+marker, that directory would look like a destination whose snapshots are all
+gone.
 
-### Structure
-- **Path format**: `blobs/<first-2-chars>/<next-2-chars>/<full-hash>`
-- **Example**: `blobs/ca/fe/cafebabe1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef12345678`
-- **Sharding**: The two-level directory structure (using the first 4 characters of the hash) prevents any single directory from containing too many objects
+The check applies while the local index holds snapshots and belongs to the
+configured destination. When the destination then answers that the marker does
+not exist, commands treat the destination as not present:
 
-### Content
-- **What it contains**: Packed collections of content-defined chunks from files
-- **Format**: Zstandard compressed, then Age encrypted
-- **Encryption**: Always encrypted with Age using the configured recipients
-- **Naming**: Content-addressed. The blob's name is `hex(SHA256(SHA256(uncompressed blob contents)))` — the double SHA-256 of the concatenated chunk data, computed before compression and encryption, not a hash of the stored (compressed, encrypted) bytes. One consequence: only a holder of the age private key can check a stored blob's integrity, because matching a blob to its name means decrypting and decompressing it first — which is what `restore` and `verify --deep` do. Implemented in `internal/blobgen` (`DoubleSHA256`). This is the canonical description of blob naming; other documents and comments point here.
+- `snapshot create` refuses to write to it.
+- These commands fail:
+    - `prune`
+    - `snapshot purge`
+    - `remote nuke`
+    - `snapshot verify` and `snapshot restore`, when given a remote key, or a
+      snapshot ID that is not in the local index
+- `snapshot list` shows the local index alone.
+- `snapshot remove` deletes nothing at the destination.
 
-### Why Encrypted
-Blobs contain the actual file data from backups and must be encrypted for security. The content-addressing ensures deduplication while the encryption ensures privacy.
+The check is skipped when the look-up fails for any other reason. S3 refuses the
+look-up to credentials that can only write. A machine with such credentials
+therefore does not notice an emptied destination. Its next backup would not
+upload data that its local index says is stored. After a destination is emptied,
+run `vaultik database delete` on such a machine before it backs up again.
 
-## Metadata Directory (`metadata/`)
+`remote nuke` deletes the marker last.
 
-Each snapshot has its own subdirectory. The directory is **not** named with the human-readable snapshot ID; it is named with the remote key — a one-way hash of that ID. The human ID is never written to the destination store as a directory name (see [Remote Key Derivation](#remote-key-derivation)).
+## Blobs
 
-### Snapshot ID Format
+A blob holds the content of many chunks, one after another.
 
-The human-readable snapshot ID is used in CLI arguments, log lines, and the local database. It is not written to the destination store.
-- **Format**: `<hostname>_<snapshot-name>_<RFC3339>` (or `<hostname>_<RFC3339>` if no
-  name was specified)
-- **Example**: `laptop_home_2024-01-15T14:30:52Z`
-- **Components**:
-  - Short hostname (everything before the first dot is stripped from the FQDN)
-  - Snapshot name from the configured `snapshots:` map (optional)
-  - RFC3339 UTC timestamp
+- **Path**: `blobs/<first 2 characters>/<next 2 characters>/<full hash>`.
+- **Example**:
+  `blobs/ca/fe/cafebabe1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef12345678`.
+- **Format**: the chunk data, compressed with
+  [zstd](https://github.com/facebook/zstd) and then encrypted with age.
+- **Recipients**: the public keys in the `age_recipients` setting when the blob
+  was written.
 
-This ID reveals the hostname, the configured snapshot name, and the backup time, so it is never used as the on-disk directory name — the remote key is used instead.
+The two directory levels keep any one directory from holding too many objects.
 
-### Remote Key Derivation
+### Blob names
 
-The remote key is `hex(SHA256(SHA256("vaultik|" + snapshot-id)))`: a double SHA-256 over the snapshot ID, with a `vaultik|` domain-separation prefix. The result is a 64-character hex string. The hash is not reversible, but it uses no secret: an observer who guesses a candidate hostname and snapshot name can hash it the same way and confirm whether that snapshot is present. The remote key keeps names out of a plain listing; it does not hide them from a guess. Implemented in `internal/snapshot/remotekey.go`.
+A blob's name is `hex(SHA256(SHA256(uncompressed contents)))`. The contents are
+the chunk data, joined in order, before compression and encryption. The name is
+not a hash of the stored bytes.
+
+This has three consequences:
+
+- Checking a blob against its name needs the private key. The blob must be
+  decrypted and decompressed first. `snapshot restore` and
+  `snapshot verify --deep` do this.
+- Without the key, only a blob's presence and size can be checked.
+  `snapshot verify` does this.
+- Someone who has the whole contents of a blob can compute its name, and so see
+  whether it is stored. This works for a file they have that fills blobs on its
+  own.
+
+`blobgen.DoubleSHA256` in `internal/blobgen` computes the name.
+
+### Uploads
+
+A backup looks a blob up by name before it uploads it. It does not upload a blob
+that is already there.
+
+On S3, when the destination refuses the look-up, the backup uploads the blob. An
+object with that name is then replaced by one that holds the same chunk data.
+
+## Metadata
+
+Each snapshot has one directory under `metadata/`. The directory is named with
+the snapshot's remote key, not with its snapshot ID.
+
+### Snapshot IDs
+
+A snapshot ID has the form `<hostname>_<snapshot-name>_<timestamp>`. An example
+is `laptop_home_2024-01-15T14:30:52Z`. It has three parts:
+
+- the hostname, up to its first `.`
+- the snapshot name from the config
+- the time the backup started, in UTC
+
+The snapshot ID is used on the command line, in log records and in the local
+index. It reveals the hostname, the snapshot name and the backup time. It is
+therefore never written to the destination without encryption.
+
+### Remote keys
+
+The remote key is `hex(SHA256(SHA256("vaultik|" + snapshot ID)))`. It is 64 hex
+characters long. `internal/snapshot/remotekey.go` computes it.
+
+For example:
 
-Worked example:
 - Snapshot ID: `server1_home_2025-06-01T12:00:00Z`
 - Remote key: `17f97bcde958748af076b926af59823943db59e80ce7170b40f124dfa28f64aa`
-- Directory: `metadata/17f97bcde958748af076b926af59823943db59e80ce7170b40f124dfa28f64aa/`
+- Directory:
+  `metadata/17f97bcde958748af076b926af59823943db59e80ce7170b40f124dfa28f64aa/`
 
-A plain listing of the destination store therefore shows only these hashes, not the hostname or snapshot name of any backup — but because the hash uses no secret, a guessed hostname and snapshot name can be hashed and confirmed against the listing. The same remote key is stored in the manifest's `snapshot_id` field.
+A listing of the destination therefore shows no hostname and no snapshot name.
 
-### Files in Each Snapshot Directory
+The hash cannot be reversed, but it uses no secret. Someone who guesses a
+snapshot ID can hash it the same way and see whether that snapshot exists. The
+remote key keeps names out of a listing. It does not hide them from a guess.
 
-#### `db.zst.age` - Encrypted Database
-- **What it contains**: Pruned binary SQLite database for this snapshot
-- **Format**: Binary SQLite → Zstandard compressed → Age encrypted
-- **Encryption**: Encrypted with Age
-- **Purpose**: Contains full file metadata, chunk mappings, and all relationships
-- **Why encrypted**: Contains sensitive metadata like file paths, permissions, and ownership
+### `db.zst.age`
+
+The snapshot's database. A restore needs it.
+
+- **Contents**: a SQLite database. It is a copy of the local index without the
+  rows of other snapshots. It lists every file in the snapshot with its
+  metadata, its chunks, and the blob that holds each chunk.
+- **Format**: the database file, compressed with zstd and then encrypted with
+  age.
+
+It is encrypted because it holds file paths, permissions and owners.
+[`DATAMODEL.md`](DATAMODEL.md) describes its tables.
+
+### `manifest.json.zst`
+
+The list of the blobs the snapshot uses.
+
+- **Format**: JSON, compressed with zstd. It is not encrypted.
 
-#### `manifest.json.zst` - Unencrypted Blob Manifest
-- **What it contains**: JSON list of all blob hashes referenced by this snapshot
-- **Format**: JSON → Zstandard compressed (NOT encrypted)
-- **Encryption**: NOT encrypted
-- **Purpose**: Enables pruning operations without requiring decryption keys
-- **Structure**:
 ```json
 {
-  "snapshot_id": "17f97bcde958748af076b926af59823943db59e80ce7170b40f124dfa28f64aa",
-  "timestamp": "2025-06-01T12:00:00Z",
-  "blob_count": 42,
-  "total_compressed_size": 1048576,
-  "blobs": [
-    { "hash": "cafebabe1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef12345678", "compressed_size": 24576 },
-    { "hash": "deadbeef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef12345678", "compressed_size": 32768 }
-  ]
+    "snapshot_id": "17f97bcde958748af076b926af59823943db59e80ce7170b40f124dfa28f64aa",
+    "timestamp": "2025-06-01T12:04:31Z",
+    "blob_count": 2,
+    "total_compressed_size": 57344,
+    "blobs": [
+        {
+            "hash": "cafebabe1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef12345678",
+            "compressed_size": 24576
+        },
+        {
+            "hash": "deadbeef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef1234567890abcdef12345678",
+            "compressed_size": 32768
+        }
+    ]
 }
 ```
-`snapshot_id` is the remote key (a hash), not the human ID; `timestamp` is written in the clear.
 
-### Why Manifest is Unencrypted
-The manifest must be readable without the private key to enable:
-1. **Pruning operations** - Identifying unreferenced blobs for deletion
-2. **Storage analysis** - Understanding space usage without decryption
-3. **Verification** - Checking blob existence without decryption
-4. **Cross-snapshot deduplication analysis** - Finding shared blobs between snapshots
+- `snapshot_id`: the remote key, not the snapshot ID.
+- `timestamp`: when the manifest was written, at the end of the backup.
+- `blob_count`: the number of blobs.
+- `total_compressed_size`: the total size of those blobs, in bytes.
+- `blobs`: the hash and the size of each blob.
 
-The manifest contains the remote key, the backup timestamp, the blob count and total compressed size, and each blob's hash and compressed size. It contains no file names, paths, or other decrypted metadata.
+The manifest holds no file name and no path.
 
-## Security Considerations
+The manifest is not encrypted so that these commands work without the private
+key:
 
-### What's Encrypted
-- **All file content** (in blobs)
-- **All file metadata** (paths, permissions, timestamps, ownership in db.zst.age)
-- **File-to-chunk mappings** (in db.zst.age)
+- `prune`, which must know which blobs are still in use
+- `snapshot verify`, which checks that each blob is present
+- `snapshot list` and `remote info`, which report what the destination holds
 
-### What's Not Encrypted
-- **The remote key** — directory names and the manifest `snapshot_id`, a one-way hash of the snapshot ID (see [Remote Key Derivation](#remote-key-derivation))
-- **The backup timestamp** (in manifest.json.zst)
-- **Blob hashes and their compressed sizes** (in manifest.json.zst)
-- **Blob count and total compressed size per snapshot** (in manifest.json.zst)
+## What is protected
 
-### Privacy Implications
-From the unencrypted data, an observer of the destination store can determine:
-- **When each backup was taken** — not from the directory name, which is a one-way hash, but from the plaintext `timestamp` field in manifest.json.zst, which is published in the clear
-- How many blobs each snapshot references, and the total compressed size
-- The compressed size of each blob, and which blobs are shared between snapshots (deduplication patterns)
-- **Whether a guessed hostname and snapshot name are present** — the remote key is an unkeyed hash, so an observer holding candidate names can hash each one and match it against the directory listing. The human ID is never published, so it cannot be read off directly, but it can be confirmed by guessing.
+These are encrypted:
 
-Together these give an observer a timing-and-size profile of every snapshot. This is an accepted, documented property of the format, not a defect: the manifest is unencrypted so that pruning can run without the private key, and the timing channel could not be closed by encrypting it anyway — object creation times and per-object sizes stay visible at the storage layer on both `s3://` and `file://` destinations regardless.
+- file contents, in the blobs
+- in `db.zst.age`:
+    - file names and paths
+    - permissions and owners
+    - modification times
+    - which chunks make up which file
 
-An observer cannot determine:
-- The hostname or snapshot name of any backup by reading it off the store — the directory name and the manifest `snapshot_id` are unkeyed hashes of the human ID, so the text is never published (though a guessed name can be confirmed, as above)
-- File names or paths
-- File contents
-- File permissions or ownership
-- Directory structure
-- Which chunks belong to which files
+These are not encrypted:
 
-### Accepted Risks
+- the remote key of each snapshot
+- the time each backup finished, in the manifest
+- the hash and the compressed size of each blob, in the manifest
+- the number of blobs and their total size for each snapshot, in the manifest
 
-These are known, deliberate properties of the format and the tooling, recorded so an operator can weigh them rather than discover them.
+Someone who can read the destination therefore learns these:
 
-1. **No proof of authorship.** Restore and `verify --deep` prove that data decrypts with the age private key and matches its unkeyed content hashes. They do not prove who wrote it: anyone who knows a recipient public key and can replace objects on the destination can substitute a snapshot they built. The recipient string is not stored at the destination, but a compromised backed-up host has it. Defences live on the destination side — bucket versioning or object lock, credentials for the source host that cannot delete or overwrite existing versions, and pruning from a trusted host. Note that S3 `PutObject` overwrites an existing key, so PUT permission alone is not append-only.
-2. **Compression reveals sizes.** Blobs and `db.zst.age` are zstd-compressed then age-encrypted; the manifest is compressed only. age does not pad, so an object's size is the exact compressed length of its contents. All new chunks packed into one blob share a single zstd stream (8 MiB window, 4 MiB at compression levels 1-2), and a blob is closed at `blob_size_limit` and at the end of each configured path. Because a stored chunk is never packed again, someone who can write into a backed-up file and watch blob sizes learns something only when their controlled data and a secret land in the same chunk of a file that keeps changing. Advice: back up any outsider-writable directory as its own snapshot.
-3. **Chunking uses no secret.** The FastCDC parameters are fixed and public. The default 10 MB average yields chunks between 2.5 MB and 40 MB, and any file of 2.5 MB or less is a single chunk. At the default 10 GB `blob_size_limit` a blob holds hundreds of chunks, so individual chunk lengths are not visible in the blob's size; lowering the limit toward the chunk size begins to expose them.
-4. **Decrypted data on local disk.** Several commands stage plaintext under `$TMPDIR`: `snapshot restore` writes decrypted blobs under `vaultik-blobcache-*/` (no size cap) and the decrypted metadata database at `vaultik-restore-*/snapshot.db`; `verify --deep` writes that database at `vaultik-verify-*/snapshot.db`; `snapshot create` keeps a plaintext copy of the index at `vaultik-snapshot-*/snapshot.db`. These files are created `0600` and removed on success, but a `kill -9` or a power loss leaves them behind — delete any leftover `vaultik-*` directory under `$TMPDIR` by hand. `$TMPDIR` should be trusted to the same degree as the restore target.
-5. **Store permissions differ per command.** The backed-up host needs only PUT to run `snapshot create`: it writes blobs and metadata and neither reads nor deletes them. Other commands need more — `snapshot verify`, `snapshot restore`, and `prune` list and read; `prune`, `snapshot purge`, `snapshot remove`, and `remote nuke` also delete. The recommended cron line uses `--prune`, which runs `prune` on the backed-up host, so granting that host `--prune` gives it credentials that can delete its own backups. To keep the source host to PUT only, prune from a separate trusted host instead.
-6. **Changing recipients does not re-encrypt existing data.** Deduplicated chunks and same-named blobs already on the destination stay encrypted to the recipients in force when they were written. A new snapshot that reuses them cannot be restored with a newly added recipient's key alone, because those reused objects were never encrypted to it. To make everything readable by a new key, run `vaultik database delete` and take a full backup to a fresh destination or prefix.
-7. **X25519 recipients only.** vaultik rejects age ssh and plugin recipients. Long-lived ciphertext held by a third party (the destination operator) has no fallback if X25519 is ever broken: there is no second recipient type and no post-quantum option.
+- when each backup finished
+- how many blobs each snapshot uses, and how large they are
+- which blobs two snapshots share
+- whether a blob holds data they already have in full
+- whether a snapshot ID they guess exists
 
-## Consistency Guarantees
+They do not learn these:
 
-1. **Blobs are immutable** - Once written, a blob is never modified
-2. **Blobs are written before metadata** - A snapshot's metadata is only written after all its blobs are successfully uploaded
-3. **Metadata is written atomically** - Both db.zst.age and manifest.json.zst are written as complete files
-4. **A snapshot is marked complete in the local DB only after its metadata is uploaded** - `finalizeSnapshotMetadata` runs `ExportSnapshotMetadata` first and records completion (`MarkSnapshotComplete`) only once the export succeeds (see the backup data flow in [ARCHITECTURE.md](../ARCHITECTURE.md)). A crash during the export therefore leaves the snapshot incomplete, so the next backup's `PruneDatabase` drops it and re-backs-up its data, rather than leaving a completed-looking row in the local index with no matching metadata on the destination store. (A crash in the brief moment after the export succeeds but before completion is recorded leaves a fully-restorable snapshot on the destination that the local index drops as incomplete on the next run; `snapshot list` then reports it honestly as remote-only, which is the safe direction: the destination copy stays restorable.)
+- any hostname or snapshot name, unless they guess it
+- file names or paths
+- file contents
+- permissions or owners
+- the directory structure
+- which chunks belong to which file
 
-## Pruning Safety
+The times and sizes could not be hidden by encrypting the manifest. The
+destination itself shows when each object was written and how large it is.
 
-The prune operation is safe because:
-1. It keeps every blob listed in any snapshot's manifest and deletes only blobs that no manifest references. Under `metadata/` it deletes only a directory that has no `manifest.json.zst`, whose name is a remote key, and that no local snapshot record claims
-2. Manifests are unencrypted and can be read without keys
-3. If any manifest cannot be downloaded or decoded, prune deletes nothing and exits with an error, rather than treating that snapshot's blobs as unreferenced
-4. It deletes an unreferenced blob only once the blob is older than `prune_grace_period` (default `24h`), and a directory under `metadata/` with no manifest only once every object in it is. A backup uploads its blobs and its `db.zst.age` before its manifest, so a prune running meanwhile, on this host or another sharing the destination, leaves them as long as no backup run takes longer than the grace period. The grace period does not protect a blob a backup reuses from an earlier run that stopped before its manifest: the backup skips the upload of a blob already on the destination, so that blob keeps the time of its first upload, and a prune before the backup's manifest is written can delete it; the new snapshot then cannot be restored. `remote nuke` has no such check
+## Accepted risks
 
-## Restoration Requirements
+These are known properties of the format. They are written down so that you can
+weigh them.
 
-To restore from a backup, you need:
-1. **The Age private key** - To decrypt blobs and database
-2. **The snapshot metadata** - Both files from the snapshot's metadata directory
-3. **All referenced blobs** - As listed in the manifest
+### No proof of who wrote the data
 
-The restoration process:
-1. Download and decrypt the database dump to understand file structure
-2. Download and decrypt the required blobs
-3. Reconstruct files from their chunks
-4. Restore file metadata (permissions, timestamps, etc.)
+A restore and `snapshot verify --deep` prove two things. The data decrypts with
+your private key, and it matches its hashes. They do not prove who wrote it.
+
+The hashes use no secret. Someone who knows a recipient's public key and can
+replace objects at the destination can put a snapshot of their own there. The
+public key is not stored at the destination, but a backed-up machine that is
+broken into has it.
+
+The defences are on the destination's side:
+
+- object versioning or object lock on the bucket
+- credentials for the backed-up machine that cannot delete or overwrite
+- running `prune` from a trusted machine
+
+An S3 `PutObject` replaces an existing object. Permission to write alone
+therefore does not stop overwrites.
+
+### Sizes are visible
+
+An object's size follows exactly from the size of its compressed contents.
+
+All the new chunks in one blob share one zstd stream. The stream looks back 8
+MiB, or 4 MiB at compression levels 1 and 2. A blob is closed at the
+`blob_size_limit` setting and at the end of each configured path. A chunk that
+the local index records as uploaded is never packed again.
+
+Data that an outsider writes compresses smaller when it matches a secret near it
+in the same blob, so the blob gets smaller. The blob's size therefore shows the
+outsider whether their data matched the secret.
+
+This works only when all of these hold:
+
+- The outsider can write into a backed-up file.
+- The outsider can see the blob sizes at the destination.
+- The outsider's data and the secret are in the same blob, no further apart than
+  the stream looks back.
+- The file keeps changing.
+
+Back up a directory that outsiders can write to as a snapshot of its own.
+
+### Chunk boundaries use no secret
+
+`vaultik` finds chunk boundaries with the FastCDC algorithm. Its parameters are
+fixed and public. `chunk_size` sets the average chunk size. No chunk is larger
+than four times this size. Only a file's last chunk can be smaller than a
+quarter of it. With the default of 10 MB, those limits are 40 MB and 2.5 MB. A
+file of 2.5 MB or less is one chunk. An empty file has no chunk.
+
+At the default `blob_size_limit` of 10 GB, a full blob holds hundreds of chunks.
+The size of the blob then does not show the size of any one chunk. A limit close
+to `chunk_size` begins to show chunk sizes.
+
+### Decrypted data on the local disk
+
+These commands write unencrypted data to the temporary directory:
+
+- `snapshot restore` writes decrypted blobs under `vaultik-blobcache-*/`. There
+  is no limit on their total size.
+- `snapshot restore` writes the decrypted database to
+  `vaultik-restore-*/snapshot.db`.
+- `snapshot verify --deep` writes the decrypted database to
+  `vaultik-verify-*/snapshot.db`.
+- `snapshot create` writes a copy of the local index to
+  `vaultik-snapshot-*/snapshot.db`.
+
+These files are readable only by their owner, and are removed when the command
+ends. A `kill -9` or a power loss leaves them behind. Delete any leftover
+`vaultik-*` entry in the temporary directory yourself.
+
+Trust the temporary directory as much as the directory you restore into.
+
+### Commands need different permissions
+
+`snapshot create` without `--prune` writes objects. On S3 it needs no other
+permission. Other commands need more:
+
+- These commands list and read:
+    - `snapshot list`
+    - `snapshot verify`
+    - `snapshot restore`
+    - `remote info`
+- These commands list and delete:
+    - `snapshot purge`
+    - `snapshot remove`
+    - `remote nuke`
+- `prune` lists, reads and deletes.
+
+An rclone remote that can move objects also needs permission to read and delete.
+An upload there looks up the object it replaces and deletes it. It stops when
+the look-up is refused.
+
+`snapshot verify` and `snapshot restore` list only when they are given a remote
+key, or a snapshot ID that is not in the local index.
+`snapshot remove --local-only` does not reach the destination.
+`snapshot remove --dry-run` deletes nothing.
+
+`snapshot create --prune` runs a prune on the backed-up machine. That machine
+then holds credentials that can delete its own backups. To keep it to write-only
+credentials, run `prune` from a separate, trusted machine. `prune` there deletes
+only data that no snapshot uses. It does not remove old snapshots.
+
+### New recipients cannot read old data
+
+Changing `age_recipients` does not re-encrypt what is already stored. A chunk
+that the local index records as uploaded is not written again, so it stays
+encrypted to the earlier recipients.
+
+A new snapshot that uses such chunks cannot be restored with a new recipient's
+key alone. To make everything readable by a new key, run
+`vaultik database delete` and take a full backup to a new destination.
+
+### X25519 recipients only
+
+`vaultik` accepts age X25519 public keys only. It rejects age SSH and plugin
+recipients.
+
+The encrypted data is held by a third party for a long time. There is no second
+kind of recipient to fall back on if X25519 is broken, and no kind that resists
+a quantum computer.
+
+## Order of writes
+
+A backup writes in a fixed order:
+
+- the marker file
+- the blobs
+- `db.zst.age`
+- `manifest.json.zst`
+
+A snapshot's metadata is written only after all its blobs are uploaded. The
+manifest is written last. A directory under `metadata/` that has no manifest
+therefore belongs to a backup that did not finish.
+
+The local index marks a snapshot complete only after both metadata files are
+uploaded. A backup that stops during that upload leaves the snapshot unfinished.
+The next backup removes it from the local index and backs up its files again.
+
+One short gap remains. A backup can stop after the upload and before the
+snapshot is marked complete. The destination then holds a snapshot that can be
+restored, and the local index marks it unfinished. `snapshot list` shows it as
+remote only.
+
+An upload that is cut off leaves no partial object under the final name on S3 or
+on a local directory. The same holds for an rclone remote that can move objects.
+An rclone remote that cannot move objects can keep a partial object.
+
+## Pruning
+
+`prune` deletes two kinds of object at the destination:
+
+- a blob that no manifest lists
+- a directory under `metadata/` that has no manifest
+
+It reads the manifests, which are not encrypted, so it needs no private key.
+
+These rules keep it from deleting data that is in use:
+
+- It keeps every blob that any manifest lists.
+- It deletes nothing when any manifest cannot be downloaded or decoded.
+- It deletes a blob only once the blob is older than `prune_grace_period`.
+- It deletes a directory only once every object in it is that old.
+- It keeps a directory whose snapshot is in the local index.
+- It leaves alone a directory whose name is not a remote key.
+
+`prune_grace_period` defaults to `24h`. It protects a backup that is still
+running. Such a backup has uploaded blobs and perhaps `db.zst.age`, but not yet
+its manifest. A prune from this machine or another keeps those objects, as long
+as no backup takes longer than the grace period.
+
+The grace period does not protect one case. A backup does not upload a blob that
+is already at the destination, so that blob keeps the time of its first upload.
+The blob can be left over from an earlier backup that stopped before its
+manifest. A prune that runs before the new manifest is written can then delete
+that blob. The new snapshot cannot be restored afterwards.
+
+To avoid this case, give each machine and each user its own destination.
+
+`remote nuke` applies none of these rules.
+
+## What a restore needs
+
+- the age private key
+- the snapshot's `db.zst.age`
+- the blobs that hold the files to restore
+
+A restore does not read the manifest, or the file, chunk and blob rows of the
+local index.
+
+It works in these steps:
+
+- It downloads and decrypts `db.zst.age`.
+- It checks that the database is the one for the snapshot that was asked for.
+- It downloads and decrypts the blobs it needs. It checks each blob against its
+  name.
+- It writes each file from its chunks.
+- It sets each file's permissions and times, and its owner when it runs as root.

docs/TODO.md

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+# Workflow
+
+- branch (from `main`)
+- do the work in Next Step
+- delete Next Step from `TODO.md`
+- move the top item of Future Steps into Next Step
+- commit (`TODO.md` changes in the same commit as the work)
+- merge to `main` if the branch is not protected, otherwise open a PR
+- push
+
+# Status
+
+pre-1.0
+
+# Next Step
+
+Fix the open bugs on the issue tracker that block the release. Merging `next`
+into `main` is the owner's.
+
+# Future Steps
+
+Work planned after 1.0, loosely ordered by priority.
+
+## Correctness and operability
+
+- **Outside security audit.** Before 1.0 the encryption and blob-generation code
+  was reviewed. Every bug the review found was fixed. The risks it accepted are
+  listed in [Accepted risks](REPOSTRUCTURE.md#accepted-risks). No outside audit
+  has been done. age, zstd and content-defined chunking are mostly off-the-shelf
+  pieces. The code that joins them needs an outside read:
+    - key handling
+    - recipient parsing
+    - manifest trust boundary
+    - restore-time identity validation
+- **Verify restored content end-to-end in CI.** The current integration test
+  does this for a small synthetic snapshot but not at scale. A nightly job
+  against a multi-GB representative snapshot would catch silent regressions in
+  the chunker, packer, or restore planner.
+
+## Performance
+
+- **Parallel blob downloads during restore.** A restore downloads one blob at a
+  time now. With a fast S3 endpoint and a multi-core machine, restore speed is
+  bound by the fetch, decryption and decompression of each blob. Fetching,
+  decrypting and decompressing several blobs at once would make such a restore
+  faster. The change must work with `restorePlan`, which orders the files, and
+  with `restoreSweeper`, which deletes a cached blob once no remaining file
+  needs it.
+- **Bandwidth limiting (`--bwlimit`).** For both upload and download. It is
+  useful for backing up over a shared link. It is tricky to make work correctly
+  with parallel downloads.
+- **Restart of interrupted restore.** Today a restore can be started again, and
+  it then overwrites the partial output. It does not resume from where it
+  stopped, and it does not skip files that are already present. A `--resume`
+  mode that checks targets before fetching blobs would matter for very large
+  restores.
+- **Daemon mode.** A long-running mode that watches for file changes, so that
+  frequent backups, such as hourly ones, skip the full scan. It adds little for
+  the usual backups from cron every 12 to 36 hours. See
+  [issue #204](https://git.eeqj.de/sneak/vaultik/issues/204).
+
+## Usability
+
+- **Man pages and richer `--help` examples.** Cobra generates basic help. Man
+  pages would be a separate target.
+- **`vaultik snapshot diff <a> <b>`.** Show which files changed between two
+  snapshots, without restoring either.
+- **Status reporting hook for `--cron`.** When a backup fails silently in cron,
+  the user has no idea. A configurable hook on completion, for both success and
+  failure, would close the loop. It could be a webhook, an email or
+  `notify-send`.
+
+## Infrastructure
+
+- **Schema migrations after 1.0.** Migrations are supported, but none are added
+  before 1.0 because there is no installed base yet. After 1.0, each schema
+  change is a new migration, so an existing local index is migrated when
+  `vaultik` is updated. See [`DATAMODEL.md`](DATAMODEL.md#schema-migrations).
+- **Storage backend coverage tests.** S3, `file://` and `rclone://` all share
+  the `Storer` interface, but the rclone path is the least exercised in CI.

go.mod

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ require (
 	github.com/stretchr/testify v1.11.1
 	go.uber.org/dig v1.19.0
 	go.uber.org/fx v1.24.0
+	golang.org/x/mod v0.29.0
 	golang.org/x/sync v0.18.0
 	golang.org/x/sys v0.38.0
 	golang.org/x/term v0.37.0

internal/blobgen/negative_test.go

@@ -2,8 +2,10 @@ package blobgen_test
 
 import (
 	"bytes"
+	"errors"
 	"fmt"
 	"testing"
+	"testing/iotest"
 
 	"filippo.io/age"
 	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
@@ -120,6 +122,38 @@ func TestNewReaderTrailingAndGarbage(t *testing.T) {
 	})
 }
 
+// TestNewReaderGarbageErrorQuotesNoBytes checks that lines of text in
+// place of a blob fail with ErrNotAgeStream, and that the error carries
+// none of their bytes. The lines end in a newline because age's own error
+// quotes the data's first line only when it reads a whole line.
+func TestNewReaderGarbageErrorQuotesNoBytes(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	id, _ := makeIdentity(t)
+	garbage := bytes.Repeat([]byte("garbage-bytes-\n"), 100)
+
+	_, err := blobgen.NewReader(bytes.NewReader(garbage), id)
+
+	require.ErrorIs(t, err, blobgen.ErrNotAgeStream)
+	assert.NotContains(t, err.Error(), "garbage-bytes-")
+}
+
+// errConnectionReset stands for a storage read that fails.
+var errConnectionReset = errors.New("connection reset")
+
+// TestNewReaderReadFailure checks that a failed read of the age header is
+// returned as that read error, not as ErrNotAgeStream.
+func TestNewReaderReadFailure(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	id, _ := makeIdentity(t)
+
+	_, err := blobgen.NewReader(iotest.ErrReader(errConnectionReset), id)
+
+	require.ErrorIs(t, err, errConnectionReset)
+	assert.NotErrorIs(t, err, blobgen.ErrNotAgeStream)
+}
+
 // TestNewWriterInvalidLevel covers the rejected end of issue case 9: an
 // out-of-range compression level errors and writes nothing to the destination.
 func TestNewWriterInvalidLevel(t *testing.T) {

internal/blobgen/reader.go

@@ -11,6 +11,11 @@ import (
 	"github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd"
 )
 
+// ErrNotAgeStream is returned by NewReader when the data cannot be opened
+// as an age stream, for example because its header is malformed. It
+// replaces age's own error, which can quote the data's first bytes.
+var ErrNotAgeStream = errors.New("not a valid age stream")
+
 // Reader wraps decompression and decryption with SHA256 verification
 type Reader struct {
 	reader       io.Reader
@@ -24,11 +29,25 @@ type Reader struct {
 // NewReader creates a new Reader that decrypts, decompresses, and verifies
 // data. Every supplied identity is offered to age.Decrypt, so a blob
 // encrypted to any one of them can be read.
+//
+// A failure to read r is returned as that error, and a blob encrypted to
+// none of the identities as age.NoIdentityMatchError. Any other failure
+// to open the age stream is ErrNotAgeStream.
 func NewReader(r io.Reader, identities ...age.Identity) (*Reader, error) {
-	// Create decryption reader
-	decReader, err := age.Decrypt(r, identities...)
+	src := &readErrorRecorder{reader: r}
+
+	decReader, err := age.Decrypt(src, identities...)
 	if err != nil {
-		return nil, fmt.Errorf("creating decryption reader: %w", err)
+		var noMatch *age.NoIdentityMatchError
+
+		switch {
+		case src.err != nil:
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("reading age header: %w", src.err)
+		case errors.As(err, &noMatch):
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("creating decryption reader: %w", err)
+		default:
+			return nil, ErrNotAgeStream
+		}
 	}
 
 	// Create decompression reader
@@ -52,6 +71,23 @@ func NewReader(r io.Reader, identities ...age.Identity) (*Reader, error) {
 	}, nil
 }
 
+// readErrorRecorder passes reads through to reader and keeps the first
+// error other than io.EOF, so NewReader can tell a failed read from bad
+// data.
+type readErrorRecorder struct {
+	reader io.Reader
+	err    error
+}
+
+func (r *readErrorRecorder) Read(p []byte) (int, error) {
+	n, err := r.reader.Read(p)
+	if err != nil && !errors.Is(err, io.EOF) && r.err == nil {
+		r.err = err
+	}
+
+	return n, err
+}
+
 // Read implements io.Reader
 func (r *Reader) Read(p []byte) (int, error) {
 	n, err := r.teeReader.Read(p)

internal/cli/app.go

@@ -7,11 +7,9 @@ import (
 	"context"
 	"errors"
 	"fmt"
-	"path/filepath"
 	"sync"
 	"time"
 
-	"github.com/adrg/xdg"
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
 	"go.uber.org/dig"
 	"go.uber.org/fx"
@@ -90,7 +88,7 @@ func setupGlobals(
 // blank line. Used both from the fx hook (for subcommand invocations) and
 // from the root cobra Run handler (for `vaultik` with no subcommand).
 func writeStartupBanner(w *ui.Writer, startTime time.Time, shortCommit string) {
-	w.Bannerf("%s %s by %s (commit %s, built on %s) starting up at %s.",
+	w.Bannerf("%s %s by %s (commit %s, commit date %s) starting up at %s.",
 		globals.Appname, globals.Version, globals.Author,
 		shortCommit, globals.CommitDate,
 		startTime.Format(time.RFC3339))
@@ -339,7 +337,7 @@ func runVaultikApp(
 		},
 		Mode: mode,
 	}, op, func(err error) {
-		log.Error(failMsg, "error", err)
+		log.Info(failMsg, "error", err)
 		ReportErrorf("%s: %v", failMsg, err)
 	})
 }
@@ -351,8 +349,7 @@ func runVaultikApp(
 // only one runs at a time; a read-only command runs without it and is not
 // blocked while a mutator holds the lock (opts.Mode).
 func RunWithApp(ctx context.Context, opts AppOptions) error {
-	release, err := acquireLockIfMutating(opts.Mode,
-		filepath.Join(xdg.DataHome, "vaultik"))
+	release, err := acquireLockIfMutating(opts.Mode, pidlock.Dir())
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}

internal/cli/config.go

@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ import (
 	"os/exec"
 	"path/filepath"
 	"reflect"
+	"runtime"
 	"slices"
 	"strconv"
 	"strings"
@@ -30,7 +31,7 @@ const configSetArgs = 2
 // parent config dirs (e.g. ~/.config) are conventionally traversable.
 const configDirMode = 0o755
 
-// configYAMLIndent matches the 2-space indentation of defaultConfigTemplate,
+// configYAMLIndent matches the 2-space indentation of the default config,
 // so `config set` writes the file back with the same indentation rather than
 // yaml.Marshal's 4-space default.
 const configYAMLIndent = 2
@@ -48,9 +49,30 @@ var (
 	errWouldNotLoad     = errors.New(
 		"vaultik would not load the config after this change, " +
 			"so the file was not changed")
+	errSetS3KeysFirst = errors.New(
+		"set s3.access_key_id and s3.secret_access_key first, " +
+			"then storage_url")
 )
 
-const defaultConfigTemplate = `# vaultik configuration
+// storageURLKey is the config key that selects the storage backend.
+const storageURLKey = "storage_url"
+
+// macOS is the value of runtime.GOOS on macOS.
+const macOS = "darwin"
+
+// defaultConfigText returns the file `config init` writes on the operating
+// system goos, named as runtime.GOOS names it. Only macOS gets the apps
+// snapshot, since /Applications exists nowhere else.
+func defaultConfigText(goos string) string {
+	if goos == macOS {
+		return defaultConfigHead + appsSnapshotConfig + defaultConfigTail
+	}
+
+	return defaultConfigHead + defaultConfigTail
+}
+
+// defaultConfigHead is the default config up to the end of the home snapshot.
+const defaultConfigHead = `# vaultik configuration
 # Documentation: https://sneak.berlin/go/vaultik
 
 # ─── REQUIRED ────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
@@ -168,7 +190,10 @@ snapshots:
       - "/Movies/ProxyMedia"
       - "/Music/iTunes/Album Artwork"
       - "/Pictures/iPod Photo Cache"
+`
 
+// appsSnapshotConfig is the apps snapshot of the default config.
+const appsSnapshotConfig = `
   # Third-party applications. OS-provided apps live in /System/Applications
   # on modern macOS and are never in /Applications, but Apple-installed
   # App Store apps (Safari, GarageBand, iWork, iMovie) are excluded since
@@ -189,7 +214,10 @@ snapshots:
       - "/Steam.app"
       - "/VirtualBox.app"
       - "/Utilities/Adobe Installers"
+`
 
+// defaultConfigTail is the default config after the snapshots.
+const defaultConfigTail = `
 # Storage backend (pick ONE of the three forms below).
 #
 # S3-compatible:
@@ -254,7 +282,8 @@ storage_url: ""
 # Hostname used in snapshot IDs. Default: system hostname.
 # hostname: myserver
 
-# Path to the local SQLite index database.
+# Path to the local SQLite index database. It must be an absolute path;
+# ~ is expanded.
 # Default: the platform data directory, e.g.
 #   macOS: ~/Library/Application Support/vaultik/index.sqlite
 #   Linux: ~/.local/share/vaultik/index.sqlite
@@ -289,12 +318,14 @@ func newConfigInitCommand() *cobra.Command {
 		Use:   "init",
 		Short: "Write a default config file",
 		Long: `Creates a default configuration file with commented explanations
-for every setting. If a config file already exists at the target path,
-the command refuses to overwrite it.
+for the settings it lists. If a config file already exists at the target
+path, the command refuses to overwrite it. The file is created with mode
+0600, because it can hold credentials.
 
 The config is written to the path from --config, $VAULTIK_CONFIG, or
-the platform default config directory (e.g. ~/Library/Application Support/
-on macOS, ~/.config/ on Linux, /etc/vaultik/ as root).`,
+config.yml in the platform default config directory
+(~/Library/Application Support/vaultik/ on macOS, ~/.config/vaultik/ on
+Linux, /etc/vaultik/ as root).`,
 		Args: cobra.NoArgs,
 		RunE: func(cmd *cobra.Command, _ []string) error {
 			path := configPathForInit()
@@ -311,7 +342,8 @@ on macOS, ~/.config/ on Linux, /etc/vaultik/ as root).`,
 				return fmt.Errorf("creating config directory %s: %w", dir, err)
 			}
 
-			err = os.WriteFile(path, []byte(defaultConfigTemplate), configFileMode)
+			err = os.WriteFile(path, []byte(defaultConfigText(runtime.GOOS)),
+				configFileMode)
 			if err != nil {
 				return fmt.Errorf("writing config file: %w", err)
 			}
@@ -332,7 +364,7 @@ on macOS, ~/.config/ on Linux, /etc/vaultik/ as root).`,
 func newConfigEditCommand() *cobra.Command {
 	return &cobra.Command{
 		Use:   "edit",
-		Short: "Open the config file in $EDITOR",
+		Short: "Open the config file in $EDITOR (vi when it is not set)",
 		Args:  cobra.NoArgs,
 		RunE: func(cmd *cobra.Command, _ []string) error {
 			path, err := ResolveConfigPath()
@@ -414,17 +446,16 @@ func newConfigSetCommand() *cobra.Command {
 		Use:   "set <key> <value>",
 		Short: "Set a config value by dotted path (e.g. compression_level 5)",
 		Long: `Sets a scalar config value addressed by dotted YAML path and writes
-the file back, preserving comments and formatting. Missing keys along
-the path are created: as a list when the next path element is a
-number, otherwise as a map.
+the file back. Comments in the file are kept. Blank lines can be
+removed. Missing keys along the path are created: as a list when the
+next path element is a number, otherwise as a map.
 
 If the config loads, a change after which it would not, such as
 compression_level 99, is refused and the file is left unchanged. A
-config that does not load, such as the one config init writes before
-storage_url is set or one with a ${ENV:...} reference to a variable
-not set here, is checked one setting at a time: only a change after
-which the changed setting cannot be read, such as one giving it the
-wrong type, is refused.
+config that does not load is checked one setting at a time. Examples
+are the file config init writes before storage_url is set, and one
+with a ${ENV:...} reference to a variable not set in this shell. In
+such a config, an unknown key or a value of the wrong type is refused.
 
 Examples:
   vaultik config set storage_url "file:///mnt/backups"
@@ -461,6 +492,13 @@ func writeConfigSet(out *ui.Writer, path, key, value string) error {
 
 	keys := strings.Split(key, ".")
 
+	if keys[0] != config.EnvSection {
+		_, err = config.SettingType(keys)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
 	err = yamlPathSet(root, keys, value)
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
@@ -483,7 +521,7 @@ func writeConfigSet(out *ui.Writer, path, key, value string) error {
 
 	err = checkConfigChange(oldData, data, settingData)
 	if err != nil {
-		return fmt.Errorf("%w: %w", errWouldNotLoad, err)
+		return wouldNotLoadError(key, err)
 	}
 
 	err = os.WriteFile(path, data, configFileMode)
@@ -507,6 +545,21 @@ func writeConfigSet(out *ui.Writer, path, key, value string) error {
 	return nil
 }
 
+// wouldNotLoadError returns the refusal of a change to key that vaultik
+// would not load for reason. When storage_url moves to s3:// before the S3
+// credentials are set, it says to set them first: they can be set while
+// the old storage_url is still in place.
+func wouldNotLoadError(key string, reason error) error {
+	if key == storageURLKey &&
+		(errors.Is(reason, config.ErrS3KeyIDRequired) ||
+			errors.Is(reason, config.ErrS3SecretRequired)) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%w: %w; %w", errWouldNotLoad, reason,
+			errSetS3KeysFirst)
+	}
+
+	return fmt.Errorf("%w: %w", errWouldNotLoad, reason)
+}
+
 // checkConfigChange returns the reason vaultik would not load newData, the
 // config after a change, if the change brings that failure in. If oldData,
 // the config before it, loads, the new one must load too. A config that
@@ -560,7 +613,7 @@ func yamlPathOnly(root *yaml.Node, keys []string) (*yaml.Node, error) {
 }
 
 // marshalConfigYAML renders a config document tree with 2-space indentation,
-// matching defaultConfigTemplate. yaml.Marshal defaults to 4 spaces, which
+// matching the default config. yaml.Marshal defaults to 4 spaces, which
 // would reindent the whole file on the first `config set` despite the promise
 // to preserve formatting.
 func marshalConfigYAML(root *yaml.Node) ([]byte, error) {
@@ -716,41 +769,11 @@ func yamlPathSet(root *yaml.Node, keys []string, value string) error {
 }
 
 // configKeyIsString reports whether the dotted key names a string in
-// config.Config, following the fields' yaml tags, as s3.access_key_id and
-// snapshots.home.exclude.0 do.
+// config.Config, as s3.access_key_id and snapshots.home.exclude.0 do.
 func configKeyIsString(keys []string) bool {
-	typ := reflect.TypeFor[config.Config]()
+	typ, err := config.SettingType(keys)
 
-	for _, key := range keys {
-		switch {
-		case typ.Kind() == reflect.Map || typ.Kind() == reflect.Slice:
-			// The key is a snapshot name or a list index.
-			typ = typ.Elem()
-		case typ.Kind() == reflect.Struct:
-			field, ok := yamlField(typ, key)
-			if !ok {
-				return false
-			}
-
-			typ = field.Type
-		default:
-			return false
-		}
-	}
-
-	return typ.Kind() == reflect.String
-}
-
-// yamlField returns the field of struct type typ whose yaml tag names key.
-func yamlField(typ reflect.Type, key string) (reflect.StructField, bool) {
-	for field := range typ.Fields() {
-		name, _, _ := strings.Cut(field.Tag.Get("yaml"), ",")
-		if name == key {
-			return field, true
-		}
-	}
-
-	return reflect.StructField{}, false
+	return err == nil && typ.Kind() == reflect.String
 }
 
 // yamlSetInMapping resolves (creating if needed) the value node for the

internal/cli/config_test.go

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ package cli //nolint:testpackage // exercises unexported yamlPathGet/yamlPathSet
 
 import (
 	"bytes"
+	"errors"
 	"os"
 	"path/filepath"
 	"strconv"
@@ -13,14 +14,15 @@ import (
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/ui"
 )
 
-// TestDefaultConfigTemplateParses ensures the init template is valid YAML
-// that unmarshals into the Config struct with the expected snapshots.
-func TestDefaultConfigTemplateParses(t *testing.T) {
+// TestDefaultConfigParsesOnMacOS ensures the config `config init` writes on
+// macOS is valid YAML that unmarshals into the Config struct with the
+// expected snapshots.
+func TestDefaultConfigParsesOnMacOS(t *testing.T) {
 	t.Parallel()
 
 	var cfg config.Config
 
-	err := yaml.Unmarshal([]byte(defaultConfigTemplate), &cfg)
+	err := yaml.Unmarshal([]byte(defaultConfigText("darwin")), &cfg)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("default config template is not valid YAML: %v", err)
 	}
@@ -58,11 +60,44 @@ func TestDefaultConfigTemplateParses(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 }
 
+// TestDefaultConfigOnLinux checks that the config `config init` writes on
+// Linux loads with its home snapshot and without the apps snapshot, whose
+// /Applications exists only on macOS.
+func TestDefaultConfigOnLinux(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	path := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "config.yml")
+
+	err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(defaultConfigText("linux")), configFileMode)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("write config: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	err = writeConfigSet(ui.NewWithColor(&bytes.Buffer{}, false),
+		path, "storage_url", "file:///mnt/backups")
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("config set storage_url: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	cfg, err := config.Load(path)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("config.Load: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if _, ok := cfg.Snapshots["home"]; !ok {
+		t.Error("expected 'home' snapshot in the Linux default config")
+	}
+
+	if _, ok := cfg.Snapshots["apps"]; ok {
+		t.Error("the Linux default config should have no 'apps' snapshot")
+	}
+}
+
 // testRecipient is a valid age public key.
 const testRecipient = "age1278m9q7dp3chsh2dcy82qk27v047zywyvtxwnj4cvt0z65jw6a7q5dqhfj"
 
-// TestConfigSetRecipientOnFreshConfig follows the README quickstart: on the
-// file `config init` writes, `config set age_recipients.0` and
+// TestConfigSetRecipientOnFreshConfig follows the README's getting started
+// steps: on the file `config init` writes, `config set age_recipients.0` and
 // `config set storage_url` give a config that loads with that recipient.
 // Neither is refused, although the config does not load until both are set;
 // once it loads, a recipient that is not a valid key is.
@@ -71,7 +106,7 @@ func TestConfigSetRecipientOnFreshConfig(t *testing.T) {
 
 	path := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "config.yml")
 
-	err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(defaultConfigTemplate), configFileMode)
+	err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(defaultConfigText(macOS)), configFileMode)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("write config: %v", err)
 	}
@@ -118,6 +153,21 @@ snapshots:
       - "~"
 `
 
+// testS3URL is an S3 storage_url, which needs credentials to load.
+const testS3URL = "s3://bucket/prefix?endpoint=https://s3.example.com"
+
+// configWithS3Keys loads: its storage_url is testS3URL and both S3 keys are
+// set.
+const configWithS3Keys = storageURLKey + ": " + testS3URL + `
+s3:
+  access_key_id: AKIAEXAMPLE
+  secret_access_key: example-secret
+snapshots:
+  home:
+    paths:
+      - "~"
+`
+
 // configWithUnsetReference loads only where VAULTIK_TEST_UNSET_SECRET is
 // set, as a backup job's environment might set it. No test sets it.
 const configWithUnsetReference = configWithoutRecipients + `s3:
@@ -191,7 +241,7 @@ func TestConfigSetIndexUnderMissingKey(t *testing.T) {
 // change after which the config would not load, with an error giving the
 // reason, and leaves the file as it was. On the file `config init` writes,
 // which does not load until storage_url is set, and on one that cannot be
-// read here, only a value of the wrong type is refused.
+// read here, only an unknown key or a value of the wrong type is refused.
 func TestConfigSetKeepsFileThatWouldNotLoad(t *testing.T) {
 	t.Parallel()
 
@@ -203,6 +253,14 @@ func TestConfigSetKeepsFileThatWouldNotLoad(t *testing.T) {
 		value  string
 		reason string
 	}{
+		// Keys that no setting has, on a config that loads and on one
+		// that does not.
+		{configWithoutRecipients, "nosuchkey", "1",
+			`unknown config key "nosuchkey"`},
+		{configWithoutRecipients, "snapshots.home.exlude", "/tmp",
+			`unknown config key "snapshots.home.exlude"`},
+		{defaultConfigText(macOS), "compression_lvl", "9",
+			`unknown config key "compression_lvl"`},
 		// Index 1 of the empty list the missing key gives.
 		{configWithoutRecipients, "age_recipients.1", testRecipient,
 			"index out of range"},
@@ -210,17 +268,25 @@ func TestConfigSetKeepsFileThatWouldNotLoad(t *testing.T) {
 		{configWithoutRecipients, "snapshots.home.paths", "/srv",
 			"into []string"},
 		{configWithoutRecipients, "chunk_size", "fast",
-			"invalid size format"},
+			`chunk_size: "fast" is not a size`},
 		// Values of the right type that fail validation.
 		{configWithoutRecipients, "compression_level", "99",
 			"compression_level must be between 1 and 19"},
 		{configWithoutRecipients, "chunk_size", "1KB",
 			"chunk_size must be at least 1MB"},
+		// An s3:// URL before its credentials names them.
+		{configWithoutRecipients, storageURLKey, testS3URL,
+			"s3.access_key_id is required for s3:// URLs; " +
+				"set s3.access_key_id and s3.secret_access_key first"},
+		{configWithoutRecipients + "s3:\n  access_key_id: AKIAEXAMPLE\n",
+			storageURLKey, testS3URL,
+			"s3.secret_access_key is required for s3:// URLs; " +
+				"set s3.access_key_id and s3.secret_access_key first"},
 		// With its reference filled in, the config loads.
 		{levelReference, "blob_size_limit", "1MB",
 			"blob_size_limit must be at least"},
 		// The type check on a config that does not load yet.
-		{defaultConfigTemplate, "snapshots.apps.paths", "/srv",
+		{defaultConfigText(macOS), "snapshots.apps.paths", "/srv",
 			"into []string"},
 		// The type check on a config that cannot be read here.
 		{configWithUnsetReference, "snapshots.home.paths", "/x",
@@ -301,6 +367,109 @@ func TestConfigSetRefusesOnlyItsOwnFailure(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 }
 
+// TestConfigSetS3KeysBeforeStorageURL checks that the order the refusal
+// gives works on a config that loads with a file:// storage_url.
+func TestConfigSetS3KeysBeforeStorageURL(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	path := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "config.yml")
+
+	err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(configWithoutRecipients), configFileMode)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("write config: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	for _, set := range [][2]string{
+		{"s3.access_key_id", "AKIAEXAMPLE"},
+		{"s3.secret_access_key", "example-secret"},
+		{storageURLKey, testS3URL},
+	} {
+		err = writeConfigSet(ui.NewWithColor(&bytes.Buffer{}, false),
+			path, set[0], set[1])
+		if err != nil {
+			t.Fatalf("config set %s: %v", set[0], err)
+		}
+	}
+
+	data, err := os.ReadFile(path) //nolint:gosec // G304: test-controlled path
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("read config: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if !strings.Contains(string(data), storageURLKey+": "+testS3URL) {
+		t.Errorf("config set storage_url wrote:\n%s", data)
+	}
+}
+
+// TestConfigSetRefusesClearingS3Key checks that clearing s3.access_key_id on
+// a config with an s3:// storage_url is refused without saying to set the
+// S3 keys first. That advice is only for a change to storage_url.
+func TestConfigSetRefusesClearingS3Key(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	const key = "s3.access_key_id"
+
+	path := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "config.yml")
+
+	err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(configWithS3Keys), configFileMode)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("write config: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	err = writeConfigSet(ui.NewWithColor(&bytes.Buffer{}, false), path, key, "")
+	if !errors.Is(err, errWouldNotLoad) {
+		t.Errorf("clearing %s gives error %v, want one saying %q",
+			key, err, errWouldNotLoad)
+	}
+
+	if errors.Is(err, errSetS3KeysFirst) {
+		t.Errorf("clearing %s gives error %v, want one not saying %q",
+			key, err, errSetS3KeysFirst)
+	}
+
+	data, err := os.ReadFile(path) //nolint:gosec // G304: test-controlled path
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("read config: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if string(data) != configWithS3Keys {
+		t.Errorf("clearing %s changed the file to:\n%s", key, data)
+	}
+}
+
+// TestConfigSetWritesEnvSection checks that config set writes a key under
+// the top-level env section, whose keys are not settings, on a config that
+// loads.
+func TestConfigSetWritesEnvSection(t *testing.T) {
+	const name = "VAULTIK_TEST_CONFIG_SET_ENV"
+
+	// Loading the changed config sets the variable; t.Setenv restores it
+	// after the test.
+	t.Setenv(name, "")
+
+	path := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "config.yml")
+
+	err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(configWithoutRecipients), configFileMode)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("write config: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	err = writeConfigSet(ui.NewWithColor(&bytes.Buffer{}, false),
+		path, "env."+name, "value")
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("config set env.%s: %v", name, err)
+	}
+
+	data, err := os.ReadFile(path) //nolint:gosec // G304: test-controlled path
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("read config: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if !strings.Contains(string(data), "env:\n  "+name+": value\n") {
+		t.Errorf("config set env.%s wrote:\n%s", name, data)
+	}
+}
+
 // TestConfigSetStringLooksLikeNumber sets string settings to values that
 // YAML reads as numbers or booleans when they are unquoted, and checks that
 // config.Load returns each one unchanged.
@@ -380,7 +549,7 @@ func loadAfterConfigSet(t *testing.T, key, value string) *config.Config {
 
 	path := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "config.yml")
 
-	err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(defaultConfigTemplate), configFileMode)
+	err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(defaultConfigText(macOS)), configFileMode)
 	if err != nil {
 		t.Fatalf("write config: %v", err)
 	}

internal/cli/database.go

@@ -6,7 +6,9 @@ import (
 
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/config"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/database"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/log"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/vaultik"
 )
 
 // NewDatabaseCommand creates the database command group
@@ -90,27 +92,25 @@ Use --force to skip the confirmation prompt.`,
 
 				var confirm string
 
-				_, err = fmt.Scanln(&confirm)
+				// A failure to read the answer means no confirmation.
+				_, err = fmt.Fscanln(cmd.InOrStdin(), &confirm)
 				if err != nil || confirm != "yes" {
 					_, _ = fmt.Fprintln(w, "Aborted.")
 
-					//nolint:nilerr // a failed/aborted confirmation is a clean abort
-					return nil
+					return vaultik.ErrNotConfirmed
 				}
 			}
 
-			// Delete the database file
-			err = os.Remove(dbPath)
-			if err != nil {
-				return fmt.Errorf("failed to delete database: %w", err)
+			// Delete the database file and its side files. A side file
+			// may not exist, so only failing to delete the database file
+			// is an error.
+			for _, indexFile := range database.IndexFiles(dbPath) {
+				err = os.Remove(indexFile)
+				if err != nil && indexFile == dbPath {
+					return fmt.Errorf("failed to delete database: %w", err)
+				}
 			}
 
-			// Also delete WAL and SHM files if they exist
-			walPath := dbPath + "-wal"
-			shmPath := dbPath + "-shm"
-			_ = os.Remove(walPath) // Ignore errors - files may not exist
-			_ = os.Remove(shmPath)
-
 			out.Infof("Local state database deleted: %s.", dbPath)
 			log.Info("Local state database deleted", "path", dbPath)
 

internal/cli/database_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+package cli //nolint:testpackage // sets the unexported rootFlags directly
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"errors"
+	"io"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/database"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/vaultik"
+)
+
+// TestDatabaseDeleteDeclinedIsError checks that answering anything but
+// "yes" keeps the database and returns ErrNotConfirmed, so the command
+// exits non-zero.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // mutates the process-global rootFlags
+func TestDatabaseDeleteDeclinedIsError(t *testing.T) {
+	dir := t.TempDir()
+	dbPath, cfgPath := seedDatabaseDeleteConfig(t, dir)
+
+	setRootFlags(t, RootFlags{ConfigPath: cfgPath})
+
+	var out bytes.Buffer
+
+	cmd := newDatabaseDeleteCommand()
+	cmd.SetOut(&out)
+	cmd.SetErr(io.Discard)
+	cmd.SetIn(strings.NewReader("no\n"))
+	cmd.SetArgs(nil)
+
+	err := cmd.Execute()
+	if !errors.Is(err, vaultik.ErrNotConfirmed) {
+		t.Errorf("declined database delete returned %v, want %v",
+			err, vaultik.ErrNotConfirmed)
+	}
+
+	_, err = os.Stat(dbPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Errorf("declined database delete removed the file: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if !strings.Contains(out.String(), "Aborted.") {
+		t.Errorf("declined database delete printed %q, want Aborted.",
+			out.String())
+	}
+}
+
+// TestDatabaseDeleteRemovesSideFiles checks that the side files SQLite
+// keeps beside the database file are deleted with it.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // mutates the process-global rootFlags
+func TestDatabaseDeleteRemovesSideFiles(t *testing.T) {
+	dir := t.TempDir()
+	dbPath, cfgPath := seedDatabaseDeleteConfig(t, dir)
+
+	indexFiles := database.IndexFiles(dbPath)
+	for _, indexFile := range indexFiles {
+		seedFile(t, dir, filepath.Base(indexFile), "data")
+	}
+
+	setRootFlags(t, RootFlags{ConfigPath: cfgPath})
+
+	mustExecute(t, newDatabaseDeleteCommand(), "--force")
+
+	for _, indexFile := range indexFiles {
+		_, err := os.Stat(indexFile)
+		if !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+			t.Errorf("database delete left %s: stat err = %v", indexFile, err)
+		}
+	}
+}

internal/cli/entry.go

@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ const shortCommitLen = 12
 const exitCodeInterrupted = 130
 
 // Entry is the main entry point for the CLI application.
+// It first calls globals.FillUnsetFromBuildInfo, which fills in the
+// version, commit and commit date that the linker flags did not set.
 // It prints the startup banner to stderr (unless a banner-suppressing
 // flag is present in os.Args — see bannerSuppressedInArgs), executes the
 // root cobra command, and routes any returned error through the
@@ -33,6 +35,7 @@ const exitCodeInterrupted = 130
 // deferred profile writers run before the process ends. See run in
 // cmd/vaultik/main.go.
 func Entry() int {
+	globals.FillUnsetFromBuildInfo()
 	emitStartupBanner(os.Args[1:], os.Stderr)
 
 	rootCmd := NewRootCommand()
@@ -82,6 +85,10 @@ func emitStartupBanner(args []string, w io.Writer) {
 // 🛑 ERROR: format. Use it from goroutine error paths (where returning
 // an error to cobra isn't an option) and anywhere else a CLI command
 // must surface a failure outside the normal RunE return path.
+//
+// This line is the one report of the failure. A caller that also logs
+// the failure logs it at info level, so the record appears only under
+// --verbose or --debug and the error is not printed twice.
 func ReportErrorf(format string, args ...any) {
 	ui.New(os.Stderr).Errorf(format, args...)
 }

internal/cli/entry_banner_test.go

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ import (
 	"github.com/adrg/xdg"
 	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
 	"github.com/stretchr/testify/require"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/globals"
 )
 
 // Command words and flags used to build argument vectors below. They are
@@ -112,6 +113,35 @@ func TestBannerStillPrintedWithoutSuppressingFlag(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 }
 
+// TestBannerLabelsCommitDate checks that the banner prints the commit
+// and the commit date, each after its own label. Commit and CommitDate
+// get different values, so printing the wrong one fails.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // sets globals.Commit and globals.CommitDate
+func TestBannerLabelsCommitDate(t *testing.T) {
+	const (
+		commit     = "abc1234"
+		commitDate = "2026-11-09"
+	)
+
+	previousCommit, previousCommitDate := globals.Commit, globals.CommitDate
+
+	t.Cleanup(func() {
+		globals.Commit = previousCommit
+		globals.CommitDate = previousCommitDate
+	})
+
+	globals.Commit = commit
+	globals.CommitDate = commitDate
+
+	var banner bytes.Buffer
+
+	emitStartupBanner(nil, &banner)
+
+	assert.Contains(t, banner.String(),
+		"(commit "+commit+", commit date "+commitDate+")")
+}
+
 // TestBannerSuppressedInArgs covers the suppression scan directly,
 // including the flags that suppressed the banner before --json joined
 // them, so that adding --json cannot regress them.

internal/cli/entry_failure_once_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+package cli //nolint:testpackage // shares the fixtures and capture helpers
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+
+	"filippo.io/age"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/require"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/database"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/ui"
+)
+
+const (
+	// errorLinePrefix starts the final line that reports a failed command.
+	errorLinePrefix = "ERROR: "
+
+	flagVerbose = "--verbose"
+	cmdRestore  = "restore"
+
+	// blobsDir is the directory of a destination store that holds the
+	// blobs.
+	blobsDir = "blobs"
+)
+
+// TestEntryFailureIsPrintedOnce runs commands that fail after startup
+// against a destination they cannot use. `info` is not among them: it
+// cannot fail after startup.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // replaces os.Args, os.Stdout, os.Stderr and the xdg globals
+func TestEntryFailureIsPrintedOnce(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, command := range [][]string{
+		{cmdSnapshot, cmdCreate},
+		{cmdSnapshot, cmdRemove, someSnapshotID},
+		{cmdSnapshot, cmdVerify, someSnapshotID},
+		{cmdRemote, cmdInfo},
+		{cmdPrune, flagJSON},
+	} {
+		for _, verbose := range []bool{false, true} {
+			name := fmt.Sprintf("%s verbose=%t", strings.Join(command, " "), verbose)
+
+			t.Run(name, func(t *testing.T) {
+				requireErrorPrintedOnce(t, verbose, append([]string{flagConfig,
+					writeUnusableDestinationConfig(t)}, command...)...)
+			})
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// TestEntryBlobUploadFailureIsPrintedOnce backs up to a destination
+// whose blobs directory is a file, so the blob upload fails.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // replaces os.Args, os.Stdout, os.Stderr and the xdg globals
+func TestEntryBlobUploadFailureIsPrintedOnce(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, verbose := range []bool{false, true} {
+		t.Run(fmt.Sprintf("verbose=%t", verbose), func(t *testing.T) {
+			configPath, storeDir := writeBackupConfig(t)
+
+			require.NoError(t, os.WriteFile(
+				filepath.Join(storeDir, blobsDir), nil, 0o600))
+
+			requireErrorPrintedOnce(t, verbose,
+				flagConfig, configPath, cmdSnapshot, cmdCreate)
+		})
+	}
+}
+
+// TestEntryBlobDownloadFailureIsPrintedOnce backs up, deletes the blobs
+// from the destination, and restores, so the blob download fails.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // replaces os.Args, os.Stdout, os.Stderr and the xdg globals
+func TestEntryBlobDownloadFailureIsPrintedOnce(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, verbose := range []bool{false, true} {
+		t.Run(fmt.Sprintf("verbose=%t", verbose), func(t *testing.T) {
+			configPath, storeDir := writeBackupConfigWithPrivateKey(t)
+
+			code, _, _ := runEntry(t,
+				flagConfig, configPath, cmdSnapshot, cmdCreate)
+			require.Equal(t, 0, code)
+
+			require.NoError(t, os.RemoveAll(filepath.Join(storeDir, blobsDir)))
+
+			requireErrorPrintedOnce(t, verbose, flagConfig, configPath,
+				cmdSnapshot, cmdRestore, onlySnapshotID(t, configPath), t.TempDir())
+		})
+	}
+}
+
+// requireErrorPrintedOnce runs Entry with args, adding --verbose when
+// verbose is set. The command must fail, and stderr must carry its error
+// once, as the final ERROR: line. A log record carrying the same error
+// appears only under --verbose.
+func requireErrorPrintedOnce(t *testing.T, verbose bool, args ...string) {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	if verbose {
+		args = append(args, flagVerbose)
+	}
+
+	code, _, stderr := runEntry(t, args...)
+	require.Equal(t, 1, code)
+
+	errorLine, records := failureOutput(t, stderr)
+
+	if !verbose {
+		assert.Zero(t, records,
+			"without --verbose no log record repeats the error:\n%s", stderr)
+
+		return
+	}
+
+	assert.NotZero(t, records,
+		"--verbose must keep the log record of %q", errorLine)
+}
+
+// failureOutput requires stderr to hold exactly one ERROR: line and
+// returns it, with the number of log records whose error attribute is
+// the error that line reports. stderr is a pipe here, so every log
+// record is a JSON object on its own line.
+func failureOutput(t *testing.T, stderr string) (string, int) {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	var (
+		errorLines []string
+		records    []map[string]any
+	)
+
+	for line := range strings.Lines(stderr) {
+		var record map[string]any
+		if json.Unmarshal([]byte(line), &record) == nil {
+			records = append(records, record)
+
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if strings.Contains(line, errorLinePrefix) {
+			errorLines = append(errorLines, strings.TrimSpace(line))
+		}
+	}
+
+	require.Len(t, errorLines, 1,
+		"the error must be printed once as an ERROR: line:\n%s", stderr)
+
+	// An error can run over several lines; the ERROR: line holds the
+	// first of them.
+	repeats := 0
+
+	for _, record := range records {
+		failure, ok := record["error"].(string)
+		firstLine, _, _ := strings.Cut(failure, "\n")
+
+		if ok && strings.Contains(errorLines[0], firstLine) {
+			repeats++
+		}
+	}
+
+	return errorLines[0], repeats
+}
+
+// writeBackupConfigWithPrivateKey builds what writeBackupConfig builds,
+// with a generated key pair in place of its recipient. The config also
+// holds the private key, so that restore can decrypt the backup. Returns
+// the config path and the store directory.
+func writeBackupConfigWithPrivateKey(t *testing.T) (string, string) {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	configPath, storeDir := writeBackupConfig(t)
+
+	identity, err := age.GenerateX25519Identity()
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	out := ui.NewWithColor(io.Discard, false)
+
+	require.NoError(t, writeConfigSet(out, configPath,
+		"age_recipients.0", identity.Recipient().String()))
+	require.NoError(t, writeConfigSet(out, configPath,
+		"age_secret_key", identity.String()))
+
+	return configPath, storeDir
+}
+
+// onlySnapshotID returns the ID of the one snapshot in the local index
+// that writeBackupConfig puts beside the config file.
+func onlySnapshotID(t *testing.T, configPath string) string {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	ctx := context.Background()
+
+	db, err := database.New(ctx,
+		filepath.Join(filepath.Dir(configPath), "index.sqlite"))
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	defer func() { require.NoError(t, db.Close()) }()
+
+	backedUp, err := database.NewRepositories(db).Snapshots.GetOnlySnapshot(ctx)
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	return backedUp.ID.String()
+}

internal/cli/entry_snapshot_create_index_and_lock_files_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+package cli //nolint:testpackage // shares runEntry and the hermetic config helpers
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"testing"
+
+	"github.com/adrg/xdg"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/require"
+)
+
+// TestEntrySnapshotCreateSkipsIndexAndLockFiles backs up a directory
+// that holds vaultik's index and PID file beside one other file, with no
+// exclude pattern set. The summary counts only the other file. See
+// https://git.eeqj.de/sneak/vaultik/issues/421.
+//
+// Not parallel: it replaces os.Args, os.Stdout, os.Stderr and the xdg
+// globals.
+func TestEntrySnapshotCreateSkipsIndexAndLockFiles(t *testing.T) {
+	for _, testCase := range []struct {
+		name string
+		// linked sets index_path to a symlink outside the backed-up
+		// directory that points to the index inside it.
+		linked bool
+	}{
+		{name: "index in the backed-up directory"},
+		{name: "index_path links into the backed-up directory", linked: true},
+	} {
+		t.Run(testCase.name, func(t *testing.T) {
+			dir := t.TempDir()
+			configPath := filepath.Join(dir, "config.yml")
+			sourceDir := filepath.Join(dir, "source")
+			storeDir := filepath.Join(dir, "store")
+
+			indexPath := filepath.Join(sourceDir, "index.sqlite")
+
+			if testCase.linked {
+				link := filepath.Join(dir, "index.sqlite")
+				require.NoError(t, os.Symlink(indexPath, link))
+
+				indexPath = link
+			}
+
+			contents := fmt.Sprintf(hermeticConfig,
+				sourceDir, storeDir, indexPath)
+			require.NoError(t,
+				os.WriteFile(configPath, []byte(contents), configFileMode))
+			require.NoError(t, os.Mkdir(storeDir, 0o750))
+			require.NoError(t, os.Mkdir(sourceDir, 0o750))
+			require.NoError(t, os.WriteFile(
+				filepath.Join(sourceDir, "file.txt"), []byte("hello"), 0o600))
+
+			// The PID file goes in a directory under XDG_DATA_HOME, which
+			// xdg reads at package init.
+			t.Setenv("XDG_DATA_HOME", filepath.Join(sourceDir, "data"))
+			xdg.Reload()
+			t.Cleanup(xdg.Reload)
+
+			code, stdout, _ := runEntry(t,
+				flagConfig, configPath, cmdSnapshot, cmdCreate)
+
+			require.Equal(t, 0, code)
+			assert.Contains(t, stdout,
+				"Files: 1 examined, 1 backed up, 0 unchanged.")
+		})
+	}
+}

internal/cli/entry_snapshot_create_prune_test.go

@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ func TestEntrySnapshotCreateRejectsKeepNewerThanBeforeBackup(t *testing.T) {
 
 // TestEntrySnapshotCreateReportsPostBackupPruneFailure makes the
 // post-backup prune fail after a good backup, by planting a manifest
-// that cannot be decoded, and checks that the failure is reported as the
-// prune's and not as a failed snapshot creation.
+// that cannot be decoded, and checks that the failure is reported once,
+// as the prune's and not as a failed snapshot creation.
 //
 //nolint:paralleltest // replaces os.Args, os.Stdout, os.Stderr and the xdg globals
 func TestEntrySnapshotCreateReportsPostBackupPruneFailure(t *testing.T) {
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@ func TestEntrySnapshotCreateReportsPostBackupPruneFailure(t *testing.T) {
 	assert.Contains(t, stderr, "Backup completed, but post-backup prune failed")
 	assert.NotContains(t, stderr, "Snapshot creation failed")
 
+	_, repeats := failureOutput(t, stderr)
+	assert.Zero(t, repeats, "no log record may repeat the error:\n%s", stderr)
+
 	snapshots, err := os.ReadDir(filepath.Join(storeDir, "metadata"))
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 	assert.Len(t, snapshots, 2,
@@ -93,7 +96,8 @@ func TestEntrySnapshotCreateReportsPostBackupPruneFailure(t *testing.T) {
 // empties the source directory, as a volume that is not mounted leaves
 // its mount point, and runs `snapshot create --prune`. The command exits
 // non-zero and reports the backup as completed, not as a failed snapshot
-// creation. See https://git.eeqj.de/sneak/vaultik/issues/388.
+// creation. The error is printed once. See
+// https://git.eeqj.de/sneak/vaultik/issues/388.
 //
 //nolint:paralleltest // replaces os.Args, os.Stdout, os.Stderr and the xdg globals
 func TestEntrySnapshotCreatePruneExitsNonZeroWhenSourceIsEmpty(t *testing.T) {
@@ -114,6 +118,9 @@ func TestEntrySnapshotCreatePruneExitsNonZeroWhenSourceIsEmpty(t *testing.T) {
 		"Backup completed, but 1 source path(s) were empty")
 	assert.NotContains(t, stderr, "Snapshot creation failed")
 
+	_, repeats := failureOutput(t, stderr)
+	assert.Zero(t, repeats, "no log record may repeat the error:\n%s", stderr)
+
 	snapshots, err := os.ReadDir(filepath.Join(storeDir, "metadata"))
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 	assert.Len(t, snapshots, 2, "the older snapshot is kept")
@@ -124,7 +131,8 @@ func TestEntrySnapshotCreatePruneExitsNonZeroWhenSourceIsEmpty(t *testing.T) {
 // directory as a mount point, and runs `snapshot create --prune`, which
 // does not find it as one. The command exits non-zero, reports the
 // backup as completed, not as a failed snapshot creation, and keeps the
-// older snapshot. See https://git.eeqj.de/sneak/vaultik/issues/395.
+// older snapshot. The error is printed once. See
+// https://git.eeqj.de/sneak/vaultik/issues/395.
 //
 //nolint:paralleltest // replaces os.Args, os.Stdout, os.Stderr and the xdg globals
 func TestEntrySnapshotCreatePruneExitsNonZeroWhenMountPointIsMissing(
@@ -159,6 +167,9 @@ func TestEntrySnapshotCreatePruneExitsNonZeroWhenMountPointIsMissing(
 		"an earlier snapshot recorded were not found")
 	assert.NotContains(t, stderr, "Snapshot creation failed")
 
+	_, repeats := failureOutput(t, stderr)
+	assert.Zero(t, repeats, "no log record may repeat the error:\n%s", stderr)
+
 	snapshots, err := os.ReadDir(filepath.Join(storeDir, "metadata"))
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 	assert.Len(t, snapshots, 2, "the older snapshot is kept")

internal/cli/info.go

@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ func NewInfoCommand() *cobra.Command {
 			}, func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
 				return v.ShowInfo()
 			}, func(err error) {
-				log.Error("Failed to show info", "error", err)
+				log.Info("Failed to show info", "error", err)
 				ReportErrorf("Failed to show info: %v", err)
 			})
 		},

internal/cli/prune.go

@@ -17,7 +17,11 @@ func NewPruneCommand() *cobra.Command {
 unreferenced blobs and directories under metadata/ with no manifest
 from the backup destination store.
 
-Local cleanup drops incomplete snapshots and any files, chunks, or
+Needs permission to list, read and delete objects on the destination
+store. It does not need the age private key.
+
+Local cleanup drops snapshots whose manifest is gone from the
+destination store, incomplete snapshots, and any files, chunks, or
 blobs no longer referenced by a completed snapshot. Remote cleanup
 scans every snapshot manifest in the destination store, builds the
 set of still-referenced blob hashes, and deletes any blob not in that
@@ -60,7 +64,7 @@ referenced.`,
 			}, func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
 				return v.Prune(opts)
 			}, func(err error) {
-				log.Error("Prune operation failed", "error", err)
+				log.Info("Prune operation failed", "error", err)
 				ReportErrorf("Prune failed: %v", err)
 			})
 		},

internal/cli/remote.go

@@ -40,11 +40,13 @@ func newRemoteNukeCommand() *cobra.Command {
 	cmd := &cobra.Command{
 		Use:   "nuke",
 		Short: "Delete ALL snapshot metadata and blobs from the backup destination store",
-		Long: `Removes every snapshot's metadata and every blob from remote
-storage. After this command completes successfully the bucket prefix is
-empty and the next backup starts from scratch.
+		Long: `Removes every snapshot's metadata, every blob and the destination
+marker from the backup destination store, and each removed snapshot from
+the local index. After this command completes successfully the backup
+destination store is empty and the next backup starts from scratch.
 
-This is destructive and irreversible. Requires --force.`,
+This is destructive and irreversible. Requires --force, and permission
+to list and delete objects on the destination store.`,
 		Args: cobra.NoArgs,
 		RunE: func(cmd *cobra.Command, _ []string) error {
 			if !force {
@@ -75,7 +77,10 @@ func newRemoteInfoCommand() *cobra.Command {
 - Size of all snapshot metadata (per snapshot and total)
 - Count and total size of all blobs
 - Count and size of referenced blobs (from all manifests)
-- Count and size of orphaned blobs (not referenced by any manifest)`,
+- Count and size of orphaned blobs (not referenced by any manifest)
+
+Needs permission to list and read the destination store. It does not
+need the age private key.`,
 		Args: cobra.NoArgs,
 		RunE: func(cmd *cobra.Command, _ []string) error {
 			// Use unified config resolution
@@ -98,7 +103,7 @@ func newRemoteInfoCommand() *cobra.Command {
 			}, func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
 				return v.RemoteInfo(jsonOutput)
 			}, func(err error) {
-				log.Error("Failed to get remote info", "error", err)
+				log.Info("Failed to get remote info", "error", err)
 				ReportErrorf("Failed to get remote info: %v", err)
 			})
 		},

internal/cli/root.go

@@ -35,9 +35,10 @@ func NewRootCommand() *cobra.Command {
 	cmd := &cobra.Command{
 		Use:   "vaultik",
 		Short: "Secure incremental backup tool with asymmetric encryption",
-		Long: `vaultik is a secure incremental backup tool that encrypts data using age
-public keys and uploads to S3-compatible storage. No private keys are needed
-on the source system.`,
+		Long: `vaultik is an incremental backup tool that encrypts data to age public
+keys and uploads it to an S3-compatible object store, a local directory or
+an rclone remote. The backed-up machine needs no private key: only
+'snapshot restore' and 'snapshot verify --deep' need one.`,
 		SilenceUsage: true,
 		// Bare 'vaultik' (no subcommand): print help. The banner is
 		// printed once at process startup by Entry, before cobra
@@ -50,13 +51,16 @@ on the source system.`,
 
 	// Add global flags
 	cmd.PersistentFlags().StringVar(&rootFlags.ConfigPath, "config", "",
-		"Path to config file (default: $VAULTIK_CONFIG or platform config dir)")
+		"Path to config file (default: $VAULTIK_CONFIG, then the platform "+
+			"config directory, then /etc/vaultik/config.yml)")
 	cmd.PersistentFlags().BoolVarP(&rootFlags.Verbose, "verbose", "v", false,
 		"Enable verbose output")
 	cmd.PersistentFlags().BoolVar(&rootFlags.Debug, "debug", false,
 		"Enable debug output")
 	cmd.PersistentFlags().BoolVarP(&rootFlags.Quiet, "quiet", "q", false,
-		"Suppress non-error output")
+		"Leave out the banner, status lines, tables and reports (warnings, "+
+			"errors, JSON documents, 'config get' values and confirmation "+
+			"prompts are still printed)")
 	cmd.PersistentFlags().BoolVar(&rootFlags.SkipErrors, "skip-errors", false,
 		"Skip files that cannot be read when creating a snapshot, or "+
 			"that cannot be restored when restoring, instead of aborting "+

internal/cli/snapshot.go

@@ -60,6 +60,22 @@ func NewSnapshotCommand() *cobra.Command {
 	return cmd
 }
 
+// snapshotCreateLong is the long help text of 'snapshot create'.
+const snapshotCreateLong = `Creates new snapshots of the configured directories.
+
+If snapshot names are provided, only those snapshots are created.
+If no names are provided, all configured snapshots are created.
+
+Needs at least one public key in age_recipients, and permission to write
+objects at the backup destination store. It does not need the age private
+key. With --prune it also needs permission to list, read and delete objects
+there. An rclone remote that can move objects also needs permission to
+read and delete.
+
+The config is read from the path given by --config or VAULTIK_CONFIG;
+otherwise from the platform config directory (~/.config/vaultik/config.yml
+on Linux), then /etc/vaultik/config.yml.`
+
 // newSnapshotCreateCommand creates the 'snapshot create' subcommand
 func newSnapshotCreateCommand() *cobra.Command {
 	opts := &vaultik.SnapshotCreateOptions{}
@@ -67,15 +83,8 @@ func newSnapshotCreateCommand() *cobra.Command {
 	cmd := &cobra.Command{
 		Use:   "create [snapshot-names...]",
 		Short: "Create new snapshots",
-		Long: `Creates new snapshots of the configured directories.
-
-If snapshot names are provided, only those snapshots are created.
-If no names are provided, all configured snapshots are created.
-
-The config is read from the path given by --config or VAULTIK_CONFIG;
-otherwise from the platform config directory (~/.config/vaultik/config.yml
-on Linux), then /etc/vaultik/config.yml.`,
-		Args: cobra.ArbitraryArgs,
+		Long:  snapshotCreateLong,
+		Args:  cobra.ArbitraryArgs,
 		RunE: func(cmd *cobra.Command, args []string) error {
 			err := opts.Validate()
 			if err != nil {
@@ -109,7 +118,7 @@ on Linux), then /etc/vaultik/config.yml.`,
 				return v.CreateSnapshot(opts)
 			}, func(err error) {
 				if errors.Is(err, vaultik.ErrPostBackupPruneFailed) {
-					log.Error("Post-backup prune failed", "error", err)
+					log.Info("Post-backup prune failed", "error", err)
 					ReportErrorf("Backup completed, but %v", err)
 
 					return
@@ -118,13 +127,13 @@ on Linux), then /etc/vaultik/config.yml.`,
 				if errors.Is(err, vaultik.ErrFilesUnreadable) ||
 					errors.Is(err, vaultik.ErrSourcePathEmpty) ||
 					errors.Is(err, vaultik.ErrVolumeNotMounted) {
-					log.Error("Backup completed with an error", "error", err)
+					log.Info("Backup completed with an error", "error", err)
 					ReportErrorf("Backup completed, but %v", err)
 
 					return
 				}
 
-				log.Error("Snapshot creation failed", "error", err)
+				log.Info("Snapshot creation failed", "error", err)
 				ReportErrorf("Snapshot creation failed: %v", err)
 			})
 		},
@@ -156,8 +165,15 @@ func newSnapshotListCommand() *cobra.Command {
 		Use:     "list",
 		Aliases: []string{"ls"},
 		Short:   "List all snapshots",
-		Long:    "Lists all snapshots with their ID, timestamp, and compressed size",
-		Args:    cobra.NoArgs,
+		Long: `Lists the snapshots in the local index and on the backup destination
+store, with their ID, timestamp, and sizes.
+
+Needs permission to list and read the destination store. It does not need
+the age private key. A snapshot found only on the destination store is
+listed by its remote key, because its ID is stored only in the local index
+and in the snapshot's encrypted database. If the destination store cannot
+be listed, the command warns and lists the local index alone.`,
+		Args: cobra.NoArgs,
 		RunE: func(cmd *cobra.Command, _ []string) error {
 			return runVaultikApp(cmd, readOnly, false,
 				"Failed to list snapshots",
@@ -179,11 +195,19 @@ func newSnapshotPurgeCommand() *cobra.Command {
 	cmd := &cobra.Command{
 		Use:   "purge",
 		Short: "Purge old snapshots",
-		Long: `Removes snapshots based on age or count criteria.
+		Long: `Removes snapshots based on age or count criteria. Exactly one of
+--keep-latest and --older-than is required.
 
-Retention is per-snapshot-name: --keep-latest keeps the latest of each
-configured snapshot name, not the latest globally. Use --snapshot to
-restrict the operation to specific snapshot names.`,
+Retention is per-snapshot-name: --keep-latest keeps the latest snapshot of
+each name, not the latest globally. Use --snapshot to restrict the
+operation to specific snapshot names.
+
+Only snapshots in the local index are removed. Each one is removed from
+the local index and its metadata is deleted from the backup destination
+store. Blobs are not touched: run 'vaultik prune' afterwards.
+
+Needs permission to list and delete objects on the destination store. If
+the destination store cannot be listed, nothing is removed.`,
 		Args: cobra.NoArgs,
 		RunE: func(cmd *cobra.Command, _ []string) error {
 			// Validate flags
@@ -222,14 +246,30 @@ func newSnapshotVerifyCommand() *cobra.Command {
 	cmd := &cobra.Command{
 		Use:   "verify <snapshot-id>",
 		Short: "Check a snapshot's blobs are present with the listed size",
-		Long: "Checks that every blob the snapshot's manifest lists is present\n" +
-			"in storage with the size the manifest records, and that the\n" +
-			"snapshot's encrypted database is present. It does not read blob\n" +
-			"contents; use --deep to download, decrypt, and re-hash every blob\n" +
-			"to detect corruption -- integrity, not who wrote it.\n\n" +
-			"The snapshot may be named by its ID or, on a host with no local\n" +
-			"index, by the remote key that 'snapshot list' prints for a\n" +
-			"remote-only snapshot (an unambiguous leading part is enough).",
+		Long: `Checks that every blob the snapshot's manifest lists is present
+in storage with the size the manifest records, and that the
+snapshot's encrypted database is present. It does not read blob
+contents and does not need the age private key.
+
+Needs permission to read the backup destination store, and to list it
+when given a remote key, or a snapshot ID that is not in the local
+index.
+
+Use --deep to download, decrypt, and re-hash every blob to detect
+corruption -- integrity, not who wrote it.
+
+--deep requires the age private key, in the VAULTIK_AGE_SECRET_KEY
+environment variable or as age_secret_key in the config file; the
+environment variable wins. The variable may hold the whole age-keygen
+file, with its comments and all of its keys. Read the key from the
+file rather than typing it, so that it does not land in your shell
+history:
+
+  export VAULTIK_AGE_SECRET_KEY="$(cat vaultik_backup_private_key.txt)"
+
+The snapshot may be named by its ID or, on a host with no local
+index, by the remote key that 'snapshot list' prints for a
+remote-only snapshot (an unambiguous leading part is enough).`,
 		Args: requireSnapshotIDArg,
 		RunE: func(cmd *cobra.Command, args []string) error {
 			snapshotID := args[0]
@@ -258,13 +298,16 @@ func newSnapshotVerifyCommand() *cobra.Command {
 					return
 				}
 
-				log.Error("Verification failed", "error", err)
+				log.Info("Verification failed", "error", err)
 				ReportErrorf("Verification failed: %v", err)
 			})
 		},
 	}
 
-	cmd.Flags().BoolVar(&opts.Deep, "deep", false, "Download and verify blob hashes")
+	cmd.Flags().BoolVar(&opts.Deep, "deep", false,
+		"Download, decrypt and re-hash every blob; requires the age private "+
+			"key in VAULTIK_AGE_SECRET_KEY, or as age_secret_key in the config "+
+			"file")
 	cmd.Flags().BoolVar(&opts.JSON, "json", false, "Output verification results as JSON")
 
 	return cmd
@@ -288,8 +331,10 @@ know about), which is what 'vaultik prune' does. The command prints the
 'vaultik prune' invocation to run as a follow-up only when it removed the
 snapshot's metadata from the destination store, and never under --json.
 
-An ID that names no snapshot in the local index or on the destination
-store is an error.
+The argument must be a snapshot ID: a remote key is not accepted. An ID
+that names no snapshot in the local index or on the destination store is
+an error. Needs permission to list and delete objects on the destination
+store, unless --local-only is given.
 
 Use --local-only to skip the remote half (e.g. when you want to forget a
 snapshot locally without touching the destination store); the snapshot
@@ -318,7 +363,8 @@ nuke --force' — it is the single supported entry point for that.`,
 
 	cmd.Flags().BoolVarP(&opts.Force, "force", "f", false, "Skip confirmation prompt")
 	cmd.Flags().BoolVar(&opts.DryRun, "dry-run", false,
-		"Show what would be removed without removing")
+		"Show what would be removed without removing; needs no permission "+
+			"to delete")
 	cmd.Flags().BoolVar(&opts.JSON, "json", false,
 		"Output result as JSON; skips the confirmation prompt, as --force does")
 	cmd.Flags().BoolVar(&opts.LocalOnly, "local-only", false,

internal/cli/snapshot_restore.go

@@ -37,13 +37,22 @@ The snapshot may be named by its ID or, when restoring on a host with no
 local index, by the remote key that 'snapshot list' prints for a
 remote-only snapshot (an unambiguous leading part is enough).
 
-Requires the age private key in the VAULTIK_AGE_SECRET_KEY environment
-variable. The variable may hold the whole age-keygen file (comments and
-all of its identities are accepted); read it from the file rather than
-typing the key, so it does not land in your shell history:
+Each file is restored under its original absolute path inside the target
+directory. File owners are restored only when the command runs as root.
+
+Requires the age private key, in the VAULTIK_AGE_SECRET_KEY environment
+variable or as age_secret_key in the config file; the environment
+variable wins. The variable may hold the whole age-keygen file, with its
+comments and all of its keys. Read the key from the file rather than
+typing it, so that it does not land in your shell history:
 
   export VAULTIK_AGE_SECRET_KEY="$(cat vaultik_backup_private_key.txt)"
 
+Also needs permission to read the backup destination store, and to list
+it when given a remote key, or a snapshot ID that is not in the local
+index. It also needs free space in the temporary directory for the
+decrypted blobs.
+
 Examples:
   # Restore entire snapshot
   vaultik snapshot restore myhost_docs_2025-01-01T12:00:00Z /restore
@@ -104,7 +113,7 @@ func runRestore(cmd *cobra.Command, args []string, opts *RestoreOptions) error {
 			SkipErrors: rootFlags.SkipErrors,
 		})
 	}, func(err error) {
-		log.Error("Restore operation failed", "error", err)
+		log.Info("Restore operation failed", "error", err)
 		ReportErrorf("Restore failed: %v", err)
 	})
 }

internal/cli/version.go

@@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ func writeVersion(out *ui.Writer) {
 	w := out.Out()
 
 	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "vaultik %s\n", globals.Version)
-	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  commit:     %s\n", globals.Commit)
-	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  build date: %s\n", globals.CommitDate)
-	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  go:         %s\n", runtime.Version())
-	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  os/arch:    %s/%s\n", runtime.GOOS, runtime.GOARCH)
-	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  author:     %s\n", globals.Author)
-	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  homepage:   %s\n", globals.Homepage)
-	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  license:    %s\n", globals.License)
+	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  commit:      %s\n", globals.Commit)
+	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  commit date: %s\n", globals.CommitDate)
+	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  go:          %s\n", runtime.Version())
+	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  os/arch:     %s/%s\n", runtime.GOOS, runtime.GOARCH)
+	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  author:      %s\n", globals.Author)
+	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  homepage:    %s\n", globals.Homepage)
+	_, _ = fmt.Fprintf(w, "  license:     %s\n", globals.License)
 
 	if globals.IsDevVersion(globals.Version) {
 		_, _ = fmt.Fprintln(w)

internal/cli/version_test.go

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ package cli_test
 
 import (
 	"bytes"
+	"runtime"
 	"strings"
 	"testing"
 
@@ -49,6 +50,42 @@ func TestVersionCommandReportsBuildVersion(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 }
 
+// TestVersionCommandReportLines checks the label, padding and value of
+// every line of the report. Commit and CommitDate get different values,
+// so a line that prints the wrong one fails.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // sets globals.Commit and globals.CommitDate
+func TestVersionCommandReportLines(t *testing.T) {
+	const (
+		commit     = "abc1234"
+		commitDate = "2026-11-09"
+	)
+
+	previousCommit, previousCommitDate := globals.Commit, globals.CommitDate
+
+	t.Cleanup(func() {
+		globals.Commit = previousCommit
+		globals.CommitDate = previousCommitDate
+	})
+
+	globals.Commit = commit
+	globals.CommitDate = commitDate
+
+	want := "vaultik " + globals.Version + "\n" +
+		"  commit:      " + commit + "\n" +
+		"  commit date: " + commitDate + "\n" +
+		"  go:          " + runtime.Version() + "\n" +
+		"  os/arch:     " + runtime.GOOS + "/" + runtime.GOARCH + "\n" +
+		"  author:      " + globals.Author + "\n" +
+		"  homepage:    " + globals.Homepage + "\n" +
+		"  license:     " + globals.License + "\n"
+
+	out := runVersionCommand(t)
+	if !strings.HasPrefix(out, want) {
+		t.Errorf("report:\n%s\nwant it to start with:\n%s", out, want)
+	}
+}
+
 // TestVersionCommandFlagsDevelopmentBuild is the regression test for
 // the thing this command exists to prevent: a build that is not a
 // release must say so. The notice used to be gated on the version

internal/config/config.go

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ import (
 	"fmt"
 	"os"
 	"path/filepath"
+	"reflect"
 	"sort"
 	"strings"
 	"time"
@@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ var (
 	errRecipientNotX25519 = errors.New(
 		"not a valid recipient; only X25519 age1... public keys are supported")
 	errNoSnapshots = errors.New(
-		"at least one snapshot must be configured (see config.example.yml)")
+		"at least one snapshot must be configured (see configs/config.example.yml)")
 	errSnapshotNoPaths   = errors.New("snapshot must have at least one path")
 	errChunkSizeTooSmall = errors.New("chunk_size must be at least 1MB")
 	errBlobSizeTooSmall  = errors.New(
@@ -69,14 +70,22 @@ var (
 	errFileURLNotAbsolute = errors.New(
 		"a file:// storage_url needs an absolute path, " +
 			"as in file:///path/to/backup")
+	errIndexPathNotAbsolute = errors.New(
+		"index_path and VAULTIK_INDEX_PATH need an absolute path, " +
+			"as in ~/.local/share/vaultik/index.sqlite")
 	errNegativePruneGracePeriod = errors.New(
 		"prune_grace_period must not be negative")
 	errStorageNotConfigured = errors.New(
 		"storage not configured; set storage_url or provide s3.endpoint + " +
 			"s3.bucket + credentials")
 	errS3BucketRequired = errors.New("s3.bucket is required (or set storage_url)")
-	errS3KeyIDRequired  = errors.New("s3.access_key_id is required")
-	errS3SecretRequired = errors.New("s3.secret_access_key is required")
+)
+
+// Validate returns these when S3 storage is configured without its
+// credentials.
+var (
+	ErrS3KeyIDRequired  = errors.New("s3.access_key_id is required")
+	ErrS3SecretRequired = errors.New("s3.secret_access_key is required")
 )
 
 // expandTilde expands ~ at the start of a path to the user's home directory.
@@ -286,15 +295,39 @@ func Load(path string) (*Config, error) {
 }
 
 // Parse reads YAML config data as Load does, without validating it. It
-// applies default values for optional fields, fills in ${...} references
-// using smartconfig, and expands ~ in paths.
+// refuses a key that no setting has and a size setting whose value is not a
+// size, naming the setting. It applies default values for optional
+// fields, fills in ${...} references using smartconfig, and expands ~ in
+// paths.
 func Parse(data []byte) (*Config, error) {
+	// smartconfig drops line numbers, so keys are checked in the data as
+	// written.
+	var root yaml.Node
+
+	err := yaml.Unmarshal(data, &root)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to parse config: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	err = checkKeys(&root, reflect.TypeFor[Config](), "",
+		map[*yaml.Node]bool{}, map[nodeAndType]bool{})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
 	// Load config using smartconfig for interpolation
 	sc, err := smartconfig.NewFromReader(bytes.NewReader(data))
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to load config file: %w", err)
 	}
 
+	// A ${...} reference can bring in keys that are not in the file, and
+	// is the value of a size setting only once it is filled in.
+	err = checkFilledConfig(sc.Data())
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
 	cfg := &Config{
 		// Set defaults
 		BlobSizeLimit:    defaultBlobSizeLimit,
@@ -364,6 +397,8 @@ func Parse(data []byte) (*Config, error) {
 //     create needs a recipient and it checks for one itself
 //   - At least one snapshot must be configured with at least one path
 //   - Storage must be configured (either storage_url or s3.* fields)
+//   - The index path must be absolute: a relative one would resolve against
+//     the working directory, so each directory would get its own index
 //   - Chunk size must be at least 1MB
 //   - Blob size limit must be at least the largest chunk the chunker can emit
 //     (chunk_size times chunker.ChunkSizeSpread), so a single-chunk blob never
@@ -397,6 +432,10 @@ func (c *Config) Validate() error {
 		return err
 	}
 
+	if !filepath.IsAbs(c.IndexPath) {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%w: %q", errIndexPathNotAbsolute, c.IndexPath)
+	}
+
 	if c.ChunkSize.Int64() < minChunkSize {
 		return errChunkSizeTooSmall
 	}
@@ -490,11 +529,11 @@ func (c *Config) validateStorage() error {
 	}
 
 	if c.S3.AccessKeyID == "" {
-		return errS3KeyIDRequired
+		return ErrS3KeyIDRequired
 	}
 
 	if c.S3.SecretAccessKey == "" {
-		return errS3SecretRequired
+		return ErrS3SecretRequired
 	}
 
 	return nil
@@ -521,11 +560,11 @@ func (c *Config) validateStorageURL() error {
 	case strings.HasPrefix(c.StorageURL, "s3://"):
 		// S3 storage needs credentials
 		if c.S3.AccessKeyID == "" {
-			return fmt.Errorf("%w for s3:// URLs", errS3KeyIDRequired)
+			return fmt.Errorf("%w for s3:// URLs", ErrS3KeyIDRequired)
 		}
 
 		if c.S3.SecretAccessKey == "" {
-			return fmt.Errorf("%w for s3:// URLs", errS3SecretRequired)
+			return fmt.Errorf("%w for s3:// URLs", ErrS3SecretRequired)
 		}
 
 		return nil

internal/config/config_test.go

@@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ func TestConfigLoad(t *testing.T) {
 }
 
 // TestExampleConfigIsScrubbedAndLoads checks that the shipped
-// config.example.yml carries only neutral placeholders (no real credentials,
-// private addresses, or internal host names) and still parses.
+// configs/config.example.yml carries only neutral placeholders (no real
+// credentials, private addresses, or internal host names) and still parses.
 func TestExampleConfigIsScrubbedAndLoads(t *testing.T) {
 	t.Parallel()
 
-	examplePath := filepath.Join("..", "..", "config.example.yml")
+	examplePath := filepath.Join("..", "..", "configs", "config.example.yml")
 
 	cfg, err := Load(examplePath)
 	if err != nil {
@@ -165,6 +165,7 @@ func TestValidateBlobSizeLimit(t *testing.T) {
 			AgeRecipients:    []string{testSneakAgePublicKey},
 			Snapshots:        map[string]SnapshotConfig{"test": {Paths: []string{"/tmp/src"}}},
 			StorageURL:       "file:///tmp/vaultik-test-store",
+			IndexPath:        "/tmp/vaultik-test-index.sqlite",
 			ChunkSize:        chunkSize,
 			BlobSizeLimit:    blobLimit,
 			CompressionLevel: 3,
@@ -361,7 +362,7 @@ func TestDocumentedSizeDefaults(t *testing.T) {
 }
 
 // TestDocumentedSizeExamples checks the 1MB minimum chunk_size and that
-// every size the README, config.example.yml and the config init template
+// every size the README, configs/config.example.yml and the config init template
 // list as an example is accepted.
 func TestDocumentedSizeExamples(t *testing.T) {
 	t.Parallel()
@@ -510,6 +511,65 @@ func TestLoadRejectsRelativeFileURL(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 }
 
+// TestLoadIndexPath checks that a relative index_path fails at load, naming
+// the value. Accepted, it would resolve against the working directory, so a
+// backup run from another directory would start from an empty index. A path
+// starting with ~ is expanded and loads.
+func TestLoadIndexPath(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	home, err := os.UserHomeDir()
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("home directory: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	load := func(t *testing.T, indexPath string) (*Config, error) {
+		t.Helper()
+
+		data := "snapshots:\n" +
+			"  test:\n" +
+			"    paths: [/tmp/vaultik-test-source]\n" +
+			"storage_url: file:///tmp/vaultik-test-storage\n" +
+			"index_path: " + indexPath + "\n"
+
+		path := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "config.yml")
+
+		err := os.WriteFile(path, []byte(data), 0o600)
+		if err != nil {
+			t.Fatalf("write config: %v", err)
+		}
+
+		return Load(path)
+	}
+
+	t.Run("relative path is rejected", func(t *testing.T) {
+		t.Parallel()
+
+		_, err := load(t, "relative/index.sqlite")
+		if !errors.Is(err, errIndexPathNotAbsolute) {
+			t.Fatalf("Load() error = %v, want errIndexPathNotAbsolute", err)
+		}
+
+		if !strings.Contains(err.Error(), `"relative/index.sqlite"`) {
+			t.Errorf("error %q does not name the value", err.Error())
+		}
+	})
+
+	t.Run("path starting with ~ is expanded", func(t *testing.T) {
+		t.Parallel()
+
+		cfg, err := load(t, "~/vaultik/index.sqlite")
+		if err != nil {
+			t.Fatalf("Load() unexpected error: %v", err)
+		}
+
+		want := filepath.Join(home, "vaultik", "index.sqlite")
+		if cfg.IndexPath != want {
+			t.Errorf("IndexPath = %q, want %q", cfg.IndexPath, want)
+		}
+	})
+}
+
 // TestValidateAgeRecipients checks that recipients are parsed at config load
 // (a bad entry fails immediately, not mid-backup) and that no invalid entry —
 // least of all a pasted secret key — is echoed in the error. An empty list
@@ -522,6 +582,7 @@ func TestValidateAgeRecipients(t *testing.T) {
 			AgeRecipients:    recipients,
 			Snapshots:        map[string]SnapshotConfig{"test": {Paths: []string{"/tmp/src"}}},
 			StorageURL:       "file:///tmp/vaultik-test-store",
+			IndexPath:        "/tmp/vaultik-test-index.sqlite",
 			ChunkSize:        Size(10 * 1024 * 1024),
 			BlobSizeLimit:    Size(10 * 1024 * 1024 * 1024),
 			CompressionLevel: 3,

internal/config/keys.go

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+package config
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"reflect"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+
+	"gopkg.in/yaml.v3"
+)
+
+// yamlMergeTag is the tag YAML gives a merge key (<<), which adds the keys
+// of the map it names to the map it sits in.
+const yamlMergeTag = "!!merge"
+
+// EnvSection is the top-level key of a map of environment variables that
+// smartconfig sets while it loads the config. It is not a vaultik setting,
+// so its keys are not checked.
+const EnvSection = "env"
+
+var (
+	errUnknownKey           = errors.New("unknown config key")
+	errAnchorContainsItself = errors.New("anchor contains itself")
+)
+
+// nodeAndType is a node of a parsed config and the setting type it is
+// checked against.
+type nodeAndType struct {
+	node *yaml.Node
+	typ  reflect.Type
+}
+
+// SettingType returns the type of the setting that the dotted key names in
+// Config, following the fields' yaml tags, as for s3.bucket or
+// snapshots.home.exclude.0. A snapshot name or a list index may be any
+// word. It returns an unknown key error when no setting has that key.
+func SettingType(keys []string) (reflect.Type, error) {
+	typ := reflect.TypeFor[Config]()
+
+	for _, key := range keys {
+		switch {
+		case typ.Kind() == reflect.Map || typ.Kind() == reflect.Slice:
+			typ = typ.Elem()
+		case typ.Kind() == reflect.Struct:
+			field, ok := yamlField(typ, key)
+			if !ok {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("%w %q", errUnknownKey, strings.Join(keys, "."))
+			}
+
+			typ = field.Type
+		default:
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("%w %q", errUnknownKey, strings.Join(keys, "."))
+		}
+	}
+
+	return typ, nil
+}
+
+// yamlField returns the field of struct type typ whose yaml tag names key.
+func yamlField(typ reflect.Type, key string) (reflect.StructField, bool) {
+	for field := range typ.Fields() {
+		name, _, _ := strings.Cut(field.Tag.Get("yaml"), ",")
+		if name == key && name != "-" {
+			return field, true
+		}
+	}
+
+	return reflect.StructField{}, false
+}
+
+// checkKeys returns an error naming the first key in node, a parsed config
+// or part of one at the dotted path, that no setting in typ has. The error
+// gives the key's line in the file, when it has one. A value of the wrong
+// type is left for the YAML decoder to report. following holds the aliases
+// the walk is inside. Meeting one of them again means its anchor contains
+// itself, which is an error. checked holds each anchored node the walk has
+// checked completely, with the type it was checked against. An alias to
+// that node is not followed again for that type.
+func checkKeys(node *yaml.Node, typ reflect.Type, path string,
+	following map[*yaml.Node]bool, checked map[nodeAndType]bool,
+) error {
+	switch node.Kind {
+	case yaml.DocumentNode:
+		for _, child := range node.Content {
+			err := checkKeys(child, typ, path, following, checked)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	case yaml.AliasNode:
+		if following[node] {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%w: %q on line %d",
+				errAnchorContainsItself, node.Value, node.Line)
+		}
+
+		target := nodeAndType{node.Alias, typ}
+		if checked[target] {
+			return nil
+		}
+
+		following[node] = true
+		defer delete(following, node)
+
+		err := checkKeys(node.Alias, typ, path, following, checked)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		checked[target] = true
+	case yaml.SequenceNode:
+		if typ.Kind() != reflect.Slice {
+			return nil
+		}
+
+		for i, child := range node.Content {
+			err := checkKeys(child, typ.Elem(), joinKey(path, strconv.Itoa(i)),
+				following, checked)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	case yaml.MappingNode:
+		return checkMappingKeys(node, typ, path, following, checked)
+	case yaml.ScalarNode:
+		// A scalar has no keys.
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// checkFilledConfig checks data, the config after smartconfig has filled in
+// its ${...} references: its keys with checkKeys, then its size settings
+// with checkSizes. A key that a reference brings in is not in the file, and
+// the copy that Encode makes has no line numbers.
+func checkFilledConfig(data map[string]any) error {
+	var filled yaml.Node
+
+	err := filled.Encode(data)
+	if err != nil {
+		return fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal config data: %w", err)
+	}
+
+	err = checkKeys(&filled, reflect.TypeFor[Config](), "",
+		map[*yaml.Node]bool{}, map[nodeAndType]bool{})
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return checkSizes(&filled, nil)
+}
+
+// checkMappingKeys is checkKeys for a map.
+func checkMappingKeys(node *yaml.Node, typ reflect.Type, path string,
+	following map[*yaml.Node]bool, checked map[nodeAndType]bool,
+) error {
+	for i := 0; i+1 < len(node.Content); i += 2 {
+		key, value := node.Content[i], node.Content[i+1]
+
+		if key.Tag == yamlMergeTag {
+			// The value is one map or a list of maps.
+			merged := []*yaml.Node{value}
+			if value.Kind == yaml.SequenceNode {
+				merged = value.Content
+			}
+
+			for _, m := range merged {
+				err := checkKeys(m, typ, path, following, checked)
+				if err != nil {
+					return err
+				}
+			}
+
+			continue
+		}
+
+		keyPath := joinKey(path, key.Value)
+		if keyPath == EnvSection {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		var valueType reflect.Type
+
+		switch {
+		case typ.Kind() == reflect.Map:
+			valueType = typ.Elem()
+		case typ.Kind() == reflect.Struct:
+			field, ok := yamlField(typ, key.Value)
+			if !ok && key.Line == 0 {
+				// A key that a ${...} reference brought in has no line.
+				return fmt.Errorf("%w %q", errUnknownKey, keyPath)
+			}
+
+			if !ok {
+				return fmt.Errorf("%w %q on line %d",
+					errUnknownKey, keyPath, key.Line)
+			}
+
+			valueType = field.Type
+		default:
+			return nil
+		}
+
+		err := checkKeys(value, valueType, keyPath, following, checked)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// joinKey appends key to the dotted path.
+func joinKey(path, key string) string {
+	if path == "" {
+		return key
+	}
+
+	return path + "." + key
+}

internal/config/keys_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+package config //nolint:testpackage // checks the unexported errUnknownKey
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"slices"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// keysTestConfig loads; each case below adds one line to it.
+const keysTestConfig = "storage_url: file:///tmp/vaultik-test-storage\n" +
+	"s3:\n" +
+	"  region: us-east-1\n" +
+	"snapshots:\n" +
+	"  test:\n" +
+	"    paths: [/tmp/vaultik-test-source]\n"
+
+// TestParseRefusesUnknownKey checks that a key no setting has, at any
+// depth, fails the parse with an error naming the key and its line. A key
+// that a ${...} reference brings in is not in the file, so its error gives
+// no line.
+func TestParseRefusesUnknownKey(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	snapshotPath := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "snapshot.yml")
+
+	err := os.WriteFile(snapshotPath, []byte("other:\n"+
+		"  paths: [/tmp/vaultik-test-source]\n"+
+		"  exlude: [/tmp/cache]\n"), 0o600)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("write snapshot: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	tests := []struct {
+		name string
+		yaml string
+		want string
+	}{
+		{"top level", keysTestConfig + "compression_lvl: 9\n",
+			`unknown config key "compression_lvl" on line 7`},
+		{"in a snapshot", keysTestConfig + "    exlude: [/tmp/cache]\n",
+			`unknown config key "snapshots.test.exlude" on line 7`},
+		{"in s3", strings.Replace(keysTestConfig, "  region:",
+			"  bukcet: b\n  region:", 1),
+			`unknown config key "s3.bukcet" on line 3`},
+		{"from a reference",
+			keysTestConfig + "  other: ${YAML:" + snapshotPath + ":other}\n",
+			`unknown config key "snapshots.other.exlude"`},
+	}
+
+	for _, tt := range tests {
+		t.Run(tt.name, func(t *testing.T) {
+			t.Parallel()
+
+			_, err := Parse([]byte(tt.yaml))
+			if !errors.Is(err, errUnknownKey) {
+				t.Fatalf("Parse() error = %v, want errUnknownKey", err)
+			}
+
+			if err.Error() != tt.want {
+				t.Errorf("Parse() error = %q, want %q", err.Error(), tt.want)
+			}
+		})
+	}
+}
+
+// TestParseRefusesAnchorThatContainsItself checks that a YAML merge key (<<)
+// naming the anchor of the map it sits in fails the parse with an error.
+func TestParseRefusesAnchorThatContainsItself(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	data := strings.Replace(keysTestConfig, "  test:", "  test: &test", 1) +
+		"    <<: *test\n"
+
+	_, err := Parse([]byte(data))
+	if !errors.Is(err, errAnchorContainsItself) {
+		t.Fatalf("Parse() error = %v, want errAnchorContainsItself", err)
+	}
+
+	want := `anchor contains itself: "test" on line 7`
+	if err.Error() != want {
+		t.Errorf("Parse() error = %q, want %q", err.Error(), want)
+	}
+}
+
+// TestParseRefusesExcessiveAliasing checks that Parse returns an error for
+// a file whose merge keys (<<) fan out. Each of eight snapshots merges the
+// one before it ten times. A key check that followed every alias would walk
+// the first snapshot over 10^8 times and run past the package's test
+// timeout.
+func TestParseRefusesExcessiveAliasing(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	const snapshots, merges = 8, 10
+
+	var data strings.Builder
+
+	data.WriteString(strings.Replace(keysTestConfig, "  test:", "  test: &s0", 1))
+
+	for i := 1; i <= snapshots; i++ {
+		aliases := slices.Repeat([]string{"*s" + strconv.Itoa(i-1)}, merges)
+		fmt.Fprintf(&data, "  s%d: &s%d\n    <<: [%s]\n",
+			i, i, strings.Join(aliases, ", "))
+	}
+
+	_, err := Parse([]byte(data.String()))
+	if err == nil {
+		t.Fatal("Parse() returned no error")
+	}
+}
+
+// TestParseAcceptsKnownKeys checks that a config with a ${...} reference
+// and a YAML merge key (<<) still parses.
+func TestParseAcceptsKnownKeys(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	levelPath := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "level")
+
+	err := os.WriteFile(levelPath, []byte("9"), 0o600)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("write level: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	data := strings.Replace(keysTestConfig, "  test:", "  test: &test", 1) +
+		"  other:\n" +
+		"    <<: *test\n" +
+		"    exclude: [/tmp/vaultik-test-source/cache]\n" +
+		"compression_level: ${FILE:" + levelPath + "}\n"
+
+	cfg, err := Parse([]byte(data))
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("Parse() unexpected error: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if cfg.CompressionLevel != 9 {
+		t.Errorf("compression_level = %d, want 9", cfg.CompressionLevel)
+	}
+
+	other := cfg.Snapshots["other"]
+	if len(other.Paths) != 1 || len(other.Exclude) != 1 {
+		t.Errorf("snapshot other = %+v, want the paths of test and one exclude",
+			other)
+	}
+}
+
+// TestParseAcceptsEnvSection checks that a config with a top-level env
+// section still parses. smartconfig sets the environment variables it
+// lists, so its keys are not settings.
+func TestParseAcceptsEnvSection(t *testing.T) {
+	const name = "VAULTIK_TEST_ENV_SECTION"
+
+	// Parse sets the variable; t.Setenv restores it after the test.
+	t.Setenv(name, "")
+
+	_, err := Parse([]byte(keysTestConfig + "env:\n  " + name + ": set\n"))
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("Parse() unexpected error: %v", err)
+	}
+}

internal/config/size.go

@@ -4,13 +4,20 @@ import (
 	"errors"
 	"fmt"
 	"math"
+	"reflect"
+	"slices"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
 
 	"github.com/dustin/go-humanize"
+	"gopkg.in/yaml.v3"
 )
 
 var (
 	errSizeType     = errors.New("size must be a number or string")
 	errSizeTooLarge = errors.New("size exceeds maximum supported value")
+	errNotASize     = errors.New(
+		"is not a size; use a number of bytes or a unit such as 10MB")
 )
 
 // Size represents a byte size that can be specified in configuration files.
@@ -32,6 +39,15 @@ func (s *Size) UnmarshalYAML(unmarshal func(any) error) error {
 		return nil
 	}
 
+	// A number too large for an int64 decodes as a float64. Its text can be
+	// 1e+20, which is not a size string.
+	var floatVal float64
+
+	err = unmarshal(&floatVal)
+	if err == nil && floatVal > math.MaxInt64 {
+		return errSizeTooLarge
+	}
+
 	// Try to unmarshal as string
 	var strVal string
 
@@ -40,17 +56,66 @@ func (s *Size) UnmarshalYAML(unmarshal func(any) error) error {
 		return errSizeType
 	}
 
-	// Parse the string using go-humanize
-	bytes, err := humanize.ParseBytes(strVal)
+	size, err := ParseSize(strVal)
 	if err != nil {
-		return fmt.Errorf("invalid size format: %w", err)
+		return err
 	}
 
-	if bytes > math.MaxInt64 {
-		return fmt.Errorf("%w: %s", errSizeTooLarge, strVal)
+	*s = size
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// checkSizes returns an error naming the first size setting in node whose
+// value is not a size. node is the config, or the part of it at the dotted
+// keys, after smartconfig has filled in its ${...} references.
+func checkSizes(node *yaml.Node, keys []string) error {
+	typ, err := SettingType(keys)
+	if err != nil {
+		// Unknown keys are refused before this check, so keys is in one of
+		// two places. The env section holds no settings. A value of the
+		// wrong shape, such as a map given for hostname or inside exclude,
+		// is reported later by the YAML decoder.
+		return nil //nolint:nilerr // not an error here
 	}
 
-	*s = Size(bytes)
+	if typ == reflect.TypeFor[Size]() {
+		var size Size
+
+		err = node.Decode(&size)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("%s: %w", strings.Join(keys, "."), err)
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	switch node.Kind {
+	case yaml.DocumentNode:
+		for _, child := range node.Content {
+			err = checkSizes(child, keys)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	case yaml.MappingNode:
+		for i := 0; i+1 < len(node.Content); i += 2 {
+			err = checkSizes(node.Content[i+1],
+				slices.Concat(keys, []string{node.Content[i].Value}))
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	case yaml.SequenceNode:
+		for i, child := range node.Content {
+			err = checkSizes(child, slices.Concat(keys, []string{strconv.Itoa(i)}))
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+	case yaml.ScalarNode, yaml.AliasNode:
+		// A scalar holds no settings, and the filled config has no aliases.
+	}
 
 	return nil
 }
@@ -70,16 +135,17 @@ func (s Size) String() string {
 	return humanize.Bytes(uint64(s))
 }
 
-// ParseSize parses a size string into a Size value
+// ParseSize parses a size string, such as "10MB", into a Size value. An
+// error quotes s.
 func ParseSize(s string) (Size, error) {
-	bytes, err := humanize.ParseBytes(s)
+	bytes, err := humanize.ParseBigBytes(s)
 	if err != nil {
-		return 0, fmt.Errorf("invalid size format: %w", err)
+		return 0, fmt.Errorf("%q %w", s, errNotASize)
 	}
 
-	if bytes > math.MaxInt64 {
+	if !bytes.IsInt64() {
 		return 0, fmt.Errorf("%w: %s", errSizeTooLarge, s)
 	}
 
-	return Size(bytes), nil
+	return Size(bytes.Int64()), nil
 }

internal/config/size_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+package config //nolint:testpackage // checks errNotASize and errSizeTooLarge
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+)
+
+// TestParseRefusesValueThatIsNotASize checks that a size setting whose
+// value is not a size fails the parse with an error naming the setting and
+// quoting the value, also when a ${...} reference fills the value in.
+func TestParseRefusesValueThatIsNotASize(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	sizePath := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "size")
+
+	err := os.WriteFile(sizePath, []byte("lots"), 0o600)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("write size: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	tests := []struct {
+		name string
+		yaml string
+		want string
+	}{
+		{"chunk_size", keysTestConfig + "chunk_size: banana\n",
+			`chunk_size: "banana" is not a size; ` +
+				"use a number of bytes or a unit such as 10MB"},
+		{"blob_size_limit", keysTestConfig + "blob_size_limit: 10XB\n",
+			`blob_size_limit: "10XB" is not a size; ` +
+				"use a number of bytes or a unit such as 10MB"},
+		{"s3.part_size", strings.Replace(keysTestConfig, "  region:",
+			"  part_size: big\n  region:", 1),
+			`s3.part_size: "big" is not a size; ` +
+				"use a number of bytes or a unit such as 10MB"},
+		{"from a reference",
+			keysTestConfig + "chunk_size: ${FILE:" + sizePath + "}\n",
+			`chunk_size: "lots" is not a size; ` +
+				"use a number of bytes or a unit such as 10MB"},
+	}
+
+	for _, tt := range tests {
+		t.Run(tt.name, func(t *testing.T) {
+			t.Parallel()
+
+			_, err := Parse([]byte(tt.yaml))
+			if !errors.Is(err, errNotASize) {
+				t.Fatalf("Parse() error = %v, want errNotASize", err)
+			}
+
+			if err.Error() != tt.want {
+				t.Errorf("Parse() error = %q, want %q", err.Error(), tt.want)
+			}
+		})
+	}
+}
+
+// TestParseRefusesSizeTooLarge checks that a size setting whose value is
+// too large for a size fails the parse with an error naming the setting.
+// YAML reads the second value as a float.
+func TestParseRefusesSizeTooLarge(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	tests := []struct {
+		value string
+		want  string
+	}{
+		{"100EB", "chunk_size: size exceeds maximum supported value: 100EB"},
+		{"99999999999999999999",
+			"chunk_size: size exceeds maximum supported value"},
+	}
+
+	for _, tt := range tests {
+		t.Run(tt.value, func(t *testing.T) {
+			t.Parallel()
+
+			_, err := Parse([]byte(keysTestConfig + "chunk_size: " + tt.value + "\n"))
+			if !errors.Is(err, errSizeTooLarge) {
+				t.Fatalf("Parse() error = %v, want errSizeTooLarge", err)
+			}
+
+			if err.Error() != tt.want {
+				t.Errorf("Parse() error = %q, want %q", err.Error(), tt.want)
+			}
+		})
+	}
+}
+
+// TestParseAcceptsSizes checks that size settings given as a number of
+// bytes, as a unit, and through a ${...} reference still parse.
+func TestParseAcceptsSizes(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	sizePath := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "size")
+
+	err := os.WriteFile(sizePath, []byte("20MB"), 0o600)
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("write size: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	data := strings.Replace(keysTestConfig, "  region:",
+		"  part_size: 6000000\n  region:", 1) +
+		"chunk_size: ${FILE:" + sizePath + "}\n" +
+		"blob_size_limit: 1GB\n"
+
+	cfg, err := Parse([]byte(data))
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("Parse() unexpected error: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	if cfg.ChunkSize != 20_000_000 || cfg.BlobSizeLimit != 1_000_000_000 ||
+		cfg.S3.PartSize != 6_000_000 {
+		t.Errorf("chunk_size, blob_size_limit, s3.part_size = %d, %d, %d, "+
+			"want 20000000, 1000000000, 6000000",
+			cfg.ChunkSize, cfg.BlobSizeLimit, cfg.S3.PartSize)
+	}
+}

internal/database/module.go

@@ -20,6 +20,17 @@ const indexDirPerm = 0o700
 // backed-up path and chunk hash and must stay private.
 const indexFilePerm = 0o600
 
+// IndexFiles returns the path of the index at indexPath and the paths of
+// the side files SQLite keeps beside it while it writes.
+func IndexFiles(indexPath string) []string {
+	return []string{
+		indexPath,
+		indexPath + "-wal",
+		indexPath + "-shm",
+		indexPath + "-journal",
+	}
+}
+
 // ensureIndexFileMode makes the index file owner-only before the SQLite
 // driver opens it: it creates the file 0600 if absent, or chmods an existing
 // one to 0600. Doing this first matters because SQLite creates its -wal and

internal/globals/globals.go

@@ -1,19 +1,24 @@
 // Package globals holds application-wide metadata (name, version,
-// commit) that is populated at build time via linker flags.
+// commit) that is populated at build time via linker flags, or from the
+// build info Go records in the binary when the linker flags set none.
 package globals
 
 import (
 	"regexp"
+	"runtime/debug"
 	"strings"
 	"time"
+
+	"golang.org/x/mod/module"
 )
 
 // Appname is the application name, populated from main().
 var Appname = "vaultik" //nolint:gochecknoglobals // set via -ldflags at build time
 
 // DevVersion is the version a binary reports when it was built without
-// git metadata: script/version emits it outside a git checkout, and an
-// unstamped `go build` keeps it. goreleaser's snapshot template stamps
+// git metadata: script/version emits it outside a git checkout, and a
+// binary keeps it when neither its linker flags nor its Go build info
+// name a version. goreleaser's snapshot template stamps
 // it followed by "-" and the commit it was built from. It is
 // deliberately not a number.
 const DevVersion = "dev"
@@ -32,6 +37,54 @@ var Commit = Unknown //nolint:gochecknoglobals // set via -ldflags at build time
 // CommitDate is the ISO-8601 date of the commit, populated from main().
 var CommitDate = Unknown //nolint:gochecknoglobals // set via -ldflags at build time
 
+// develVersion is the main module version Go records when it cannot
+// tell which version it built.
+const develVersion = "(devel)"
+
+// FillUnsetFromBuildInfo applies FillUnset to Version, Commit and
+// CommitDate, with the build info of the running binary.
+func FillUnsetFromBuildInfo() {
+	info, ok := debug.ReadBuildInfo()
+	if !ok {
+		return
+	}
+
+	Version, Commit, CommitDate = FillUnset(
+		info, Version, Commit, CommitDate)
+}
+
+// FillUnset returns version, commit and commitDate. Each one that
+// still holds its default ("dev" or empty for the version, "unknown"
+// for the others) is replaced by the value Go recorded in info. A
+// `go install` of a tag sets no linker flags, but Go records the tag
+// as the main module's version. Go records the commit and its time
+// only when it builds from a git checkout. The time is cut to a date,
+// as the Makefile stamps it.
+func FillUnset(
+	info *debug.BuildInfo, version, commit, commitDate string,
+) (string, string, string) {
+	if (version == "" || version == DevVersion) &&
+		info.Main.Version != "" && info.Main.Version != develVersion {
+		version = info.Main.Version
+	}
+
+	for _, s := range info.Settings {
+		switch s.Key {
+		case "vcs.revision":
+			if commit == Unknown {
+				commit = s.Value
+			}
+		case "vcs.time":
+			t, err := time.Parse(time.RFC3339, s.Value)
+			if commitDate == Unknown && err == nil {
+				commitDate = t.UTC().Format(time.DateOnly)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return version, commit, commitDate
+}
+
 // Author identifies the upstream author of vaultik.
 const Author = "Jeffrey Paul <sneak@sneak.berlin>"
 
@@ -68,8 +121,10 @@ func New() (*Globals, error) {
 // a release. "dev" and goreleaser's snapshot "dev-<sha>" count, and so
 // does what `git describe --tags --always --dirty` gives a make or
 // docker build of an untagged commit: the bare short commit, or
-// tag-N-gHASH on a commit after a tag. Any version ending in "-dirty"
-// counts, a modified checkout of a tag ("v1.0.0-dirty") included.
+// tag-N-gHASH on a commit after a tag. A Go pseudo-version counts: Go
+// records one for a build of an untagged commit without linker flags.
+// Any version ending in "-dirty" or "+dirty" counts, a modified
+// checkout of a tag ("v1.0.0-dirty", "v1.0.0+dirty") included.
 // A plain tag such as "v1.0.0" or "1.0.0" is a release.
 //
 // The empty string counts too. Nothing that knows its version reports
@@ -82,7 +137,8 @@ func New() (*Globals, error) {
 func IsDevVersion(v string) bool {
 	if v == "" || v == Unknown || v == DevVersion ||
 		strings.HasPrefix(v, DevVersion+"-") ||
-		strings.HasSuffix(v, "-dirty") {
+		strings.HasSuffix(v, "-dirty") || strings.HasSuffix(v, "+dirty") ||
+		module.IsPseudoVersion(v) {
 		return true
 	}
 

internal/globals/globals_test.go

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 package globals_test
 
 import (
+	"runtime/debug"
 	"testing"
 
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/globals"
@@ -59,12 +60,20 @@ func TestIsDevVersion(t *testing.T) {
 		{"1.0.0-rc.1-12-g877eb2f", true},
 		// A tagged commit with uncommitted changes is not that tag.
 		{"v1.0.0-dirty", true},
+		// What Go records for a build without linker flags: a
+		// pseudo-version for an untagged commit, "+dirty" for a
+		// modified checkout.
+		{"v1.0.0-rc3.0.20261111001226-abcdefabcdef", true},
+		{"v0.0.0-20261111001226-abcdefabcdef", true},
+		{"v1.0.1-0.20261111001226-abcdefabcdef", true},
+		{"v1.0.0+dirty", true},
 		// What a tagged build produces (goreleaser's .Version strips
 		// the leading "v"; script/version keeps it).
 		{"1.0.0", false},
 		{"0.1.0", false},
 		{"1.0.0-rc.1", false},
 		{"v1.0.0", false},
+		{"v1.0.0-rc3", false},
 		// A release must not be mistaken for a dev build just because
 		// the string happens to contain "dev".
 		{"1.0.0-dev", false},
@@ -86,10 +95,9 @@ func TestIsDevVersion(t *testing.T) {
 	}
 }
 
-// TestDefaultVersionIsDev pins the linker-flag contract: an unstamped
-// binary (no -ldflags at all, which is what `go build ./...` and `go
-// install` produce) must report itself as a development build rather
-// than as some default release number.
+// TestDefaultVersionIsDev pins the default: a binary whose linker flags
+// and build info name no version must report itself as a development
+// build rather than as some default release number.
 func TestDefaultVersionIsDev(t *testing.T) {
 	t.Parallel()
 
@@ -98,3 +106,104 @@ func TestDefaultVersionIsDev(t *testing.T) {
 			globals.DevVersion)
 	}
 }
+
+// buildInfo returns build info with the given main module version and,
+// when revision is not empty, the commit settings Go records for a
+// build from a git checkout.
+func buildInfo(version, revision string) *debug.BuildInfo {
+	info := &debug.BuildInfo{
+		Main: debug.Module{Path: "sneak.berlin/go/vaultik", Version: version},
+	}
+
+	if revision != "" {
+		info.Settings = []debug.BuildSetting{
+			{Key: "vcs.revision", Value: revision},
+			{Key: "vcs.time", Value: "2026-11-10T23:12:26Z"},
+		}
+	}
+
+	return info
+}
+
+// TestFillUnset covers a binary from `go install` of a tag, which
+// carries no linker flags: it must report the tag. Values the linker
+// flags set are kept.
+func TestFillUnset(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	const (
+		tag = "v1.0.0-rc3"
+		rev = "0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef01234567"
+	)
+
+	cases := []struct {
+		name                    string
+		info                    *debug.BuildInfo
+		version, commit, date   string
+		wantVersion, wantCommit string
+		wantDate                string
+	}{
+		{
+			name:        "go install of a tag",
+			info:        buildInfo(tag, ""),
+			version:     globals.DevVersion,
+			commit:      globals.Unknown,
+			date:        globals.Unknown,
+			wantVersion: tag,
+			wantCommit:  globals.Unknown,
+			wantDate:    globals.Unknown,
+		},
+		{
+			name:        "empty version",
+			info:        buildInfo(tag, ""),
+			version:     "",
+			commit:      globals.Unknown,
+			date:        globals.Unknown,
+			wantVersion: tag,
+			wantCommit:  globals.Unknown,
+			wantDate:    globals.Unknown,
+		},
+		{
+			name:        "go build in a git checkout",
+			info:        buildInfo(tag, rev),
+			version:     globals.DevVersion,
+			commit:      globals.Unknown,
+			date:        globals.Unknown,
+			wantVersion: tag,
+			wantCommit:  rev,
+			wantDate:    "2026-11-10",
+		},
+		{
+			name:        "Go could not tell the version",
+			info:        buildInfo("(devel)", ""),
+			version:     globals.DevVersion,
+			commit:      globals.Unknown,
+			date:        globals.Unknown,
+			wantVersion: globals.DevVersion,
+			wantCommit:  globals.Unknown,
+			wantDate:    globals.Unknown,
+		},
+		{
+			name:        "linker flags set",
+			info:        buildInfo(tag, rev),
+			version:     "v1.0.0-rc2-4-gabcdef1",
+			commit:      "abcdef1",
+			date:        "2026-11-01",
+			wantVersion: "v1.0.0-rc2-4-gabcdef1",
+			wantCommit:  "abcdef1",
+			wantDate:    "2026-11-01",
+		},
+	}
+
+	for _, tc := range cases {
+		version, commit, date := globals.FillUnset(
+			tc.info, tc.version, tc.commit, tc.date)
+
+		if version != tc.wantVersion || commit != tc.wantCommit ||
+			date != tc.wantDate {
+			t.Errorf("%s: got %q, %q, %q; want %q, %q, %q", tc.name,
+				version, commit, date,
+				tc.wantVersion, tc.wantCommit, tc.wantDate)
+		}
+	}
+}

internal/pidlock/pidlock.go

@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ import (
 	"strconv"
 	"strings"
 
+	"github.com/adrg/xdg"
 	"golang.org/x/sys/unix"
 )
 
@@ -29,8 +30,20 @@ const (
 	lockDirPerm = 0o700
 	// pidFilePerm is the mode for the PID file (owner-only).
 	pidFilePerm = 0o600
+	// pidFileName is the name of the PID file in the lock directory.
+	pidFileName = "vaultik.pid"
 )
 
+// Dir returns the directory that holds vaultik's PID file.
+func Dir() string {
+	return filepath.Join(xdg.DataHome, "vaultik")
+}
+
+// Path returns the path of the PID file that Acquire uses in lockDir.
+func Path(lockDir string) string {
+	return filepath.Join(lockDir, pidFileName)
+}
+
 // Acquire attempts to acquire a PID lock in the specified directory.
 // If another process holds the lock, it returns ErrAlreadyRunning with
 // that process's PID. On success, it writes the current PID to the lock
@@ -42,7 +55,7 @@ func Acquire(lockDir string) (*Lock, error) {
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("creating lock directory: %w", err)
 	}
 
-	lockPath := filepath.Join(lockDir, "vaultik.pid")
+	lockPath := Path(lockDir)
 
 	// No O_TRUNC: the file may hold the PID of the process that has the
 	// lock, which the error below reports.

internal/snapshot/index_and_lock_files_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+package snapshot_test
+
+import (
+	"context"
+	"testing"
+
+	"github.com/spf13/afero"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/require"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/database"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/snapshot"
+)
+
+// A backup of the directory that holds vaultik's index and PID file
+// stores neither, with no exclude pattern set, and still stores the
+// files beside them. See https://git.eeqj.de/sneak/vaultik/issues/421.
+func TestScanSkipsIndexAndLockFiles(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	const dataDir = "/home/user/.local/share/vaultik"
+
+	indexAndLockFiles := append(database.IndexFiles(dataDir+"/index.sqlite"),
+		dataDir+"/vaultik.pid")
+
+	fs := afero.NewMemMapFs()
+	for _, p := range append(indexAndLockFiles, dataDir+"/notes.txt") {
+		require.NoError(t, afero.WriteFile(fs, p, []byte("data"), 0o600))
+	}
+
+	db, err := database.NewTestDB()
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	defer func() { _ = db.Close() }()
+
+	repos := database.NewRepositories(db)
+
+	scanner := snapshot.NewScanner(snapshot.ScannerConfig{
+		FS:               fs,
+		ChunkSize:        64 * 1024,
+		Repositories:     repos,
+		MaxBlobSize:      1024 * 1024,
+		CompressionLevel: 3,
+		AgeRecipients: []string{
+			"age1ql3z7hjy54pw3hyww5ayyfg7zqgvc7w3j2elw8zmrj2kg5sfn9aqmcac8p"},
+		IndexAndLockFiles: indexAndLockFiles,
+	})
+	require.NotNil(t, scanner)
+
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	createSnapshotRecord(ctx, t, repos, "test-snapshot")
+
+	result, err := scanner.Scan(ctx, "/home/user", "test-snapshot")
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	require.Equal(t, 1, result.FilesScanned)
+
+	stored, err := repos.Files.GetByPath(ctx, dataDir+"/notes.txt")
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+	require.NotNil(t, stored, "a file beside the index is stored")
+
+	for _, p := range indexAndLockFiles {
+		f, err := repos.Files.GetByPath(ctx, p)
+		require.NoError(t, err)
+		require.Nil(t, f, "%s is not stored", p)
+	}
+}

internal/snapshot/module.go

@@ -2,11 +2,13 @@ package snapshot
 
 import (
 	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
 
 	"github.com/spf13/afero"
 	"go.uber.org/fx"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/config"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/database"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/pidlock"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/storage"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/ui"
 )
@@ -62,9 +64,52 @@ func provideScannerFactory(
 			EnableProgress:     params.EnableProgress,
 			UI:                 params.UI,
 			Exclude:            excludes,
+			IndexAndLockFiles:  indexAndLockFiles(cfg.IndexPath, pidlock.Dir()),
 			SkipErrors:         params.SkipErrors,
 			PreviousSnapshotID: params.PreviousSnapshotID,
 			DeviceNumber:       params.DeviceNumber,
 		})
 	}
 }
+
+// indexAndLockFiles returns the paths of the index at indexPath, its side
+// files and the PID file in lockDir. Symlinks in their directories are
+// resolved, as they are in the snapshot's source paths, so the scan finds
+// them under the same names. If indexPath is a symlink, the file it points
+// to and that file's side files are returned too.
+func indexAndLockFiles(indexPath, lockDir string) []string {
+	paths := append(database.IndexFiles(indexPath), pidlock.Path(lockDir))
+	for i, p := range paths {
+		paths[i] = resolveParentDir(p)
+	}
+
+	// SQLite writes the file a symlinked index points to and keeps the
+	// side files beside that file. The database package creates the index
+	// before the scanner is built, so the link resolves.
+	index := resolveParentDir(indexPath)
+
+	target, err := filepath.EvalSymlinks(index)
+	if err == nil && target != index {
+		paths = append(paths, database.IndexFiles(target)...)
+	}
+
+	return paths
+}
+
+// resolveParentDir returns the absolute form of path with the symlinks in
+// its parent directory resolved. If the parent directory cannot be
+// resolved, it returns the absolute form unresolved. If path has no
+// absolute form, it returns path.
+func resolveParentDir(path string) string {
+	abs, err := filepath.Abs(path)
+	if err != nil {
+		return path
+	}
+
+	dir, err := filepath.EvalSymlinks(filepath.Dir(abs))
+	if err != nil {
+		return abs
+	}
+
+	return filepath.Join(dir, filepath.Base(abs))
+}

internal/snapshot/module_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+//nolint:testpackage // exercises the unexported indexAndLockFiles helper
+package snapshot
+
+import (
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"testing"
+
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/require"
+)
+
+// The scan walks source paths with symlinks resolved, so vaultik's own
+// files are named the same way, or a symlinked home would back them up.
+func TestIndexAndLockFilesResolvesSymlinkedDirectory(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	realDir, err := filepath.EvalSymlinks(t.TempDir())
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	link := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "link")
+	require.NoError(t, os.Symlink(realDir, link))
+
+	paths := indexAndLockFiles(filepath.Join(link, "index.sqlite"), link)
+
+	require.Equal(t, []string{
+		filepath.Join(realDir, "index.sqlite"),
+		filepath.Join(realDir, "index.sqlite-wal"),
+		filepath.Join(realDir, "index.sqlite-shm"),
+		filepath.Join(realDir, "index.sqlite-journal"),
+		filepath.Join(realDir, "vaultik.pid"),
+	}, paths)
+}

internal/snapshot/scanner.go

@@ -67,6 +67,9 @@ type Scanner struct {
 	currentSourcePath string
 	exclude           []string          // Glob patterns for files/directories to exclude
 	compiledExclude   []compiledPattern // Compiled glob patterns
+	// indexAndLockFiles holds the paths of vaultik's own working files,
+	// which the scan treats as excluded (ScannerConfig.IndexAndLockFiles).
+	indexAndLockFiles map[string]struct{}
 	progress          *ProgressReporter
 	// skipErrors skips files that cannot be opened or read (logged loudly);
 	// packer, database, encryption, and upload errors still abort the run.
@@ -133,6 +136,11 @@ type ScannerConfig struct {
 	EnableProgress   bool       // Enable the live progress reporter (ETAs, throughput)
 	UI               *ui.Writer // Where user-facing scanner messages go; nil = discard
 	Exclude          []string   // Glob patterns for files/directories to exclude
+	// IndexAndLockFiles are the absolute paths of vaultik's own working
+	// files: the index, its side files and the PID file. The scan treats
+	// them as excluded, whatever Exclude says, since a copy taken while
+	// they are being written is torn.
+	IndexAndLockFiles []string
 	// SkipErrors skips files that cannot be opened or read (log loudly but
 	// continue); packer, database, encryption, and upload errors still abort.
 	SkipErrors bool
@@ -226,6 +234,11 @@ func NewScanner(cfg ScannerConfig) *Scanner {
 		deviceNumber = deviceNumberFromStat
 	}
 
+	indexAndLockFiles := make(map[string]struct{}, len(cfg.IndexAndLockFiles))
+	for _, p := range cfg.IndexAndLockFiles {
+		indexAndLockFiles[filepath.Clean(p)] = struct{}{}
+	}
+
 	return &Scanner{
 		fs:                 cfg.FS,
 		chunker:            chunker.NewChunker(cfg.ChunkSize),
@@ -237,6 +250,7 @@ func NewScanner(cfg ScannerConfig) *Scanner {
 		ageRecipient:       strings.Join(cfg.AgeRecipients, ","),
 		exclude:            cfg.Exclude,
 		compiledExclude:    compiledExclude,
+		indexAndLockFiles:  indexAndLockFiles,
 		progress:           progress,
 		skipErrors:         cfg.SkipErrors,
 		previousSnapshotID: cfg.PreviousSnapshotID,
@@ -1861,7 +1875,13 @@ func (s *Scanner) uploadBlobIfNeeded(
 	err = s.storage.PutWithProgress(ctx, blobPath, blobWithReader.Reader,
 		finishedBlob.Compressed, progressCallback)
 	if err != nil {
-		log.Error("Failed to upload blob", "hash", finishedBlob.Hash, "error", err)
+		// The record is at info level: the returned error ends the backup
+		// and is printed as its ERROR: line. Only an interrupt cancels
+		// ctx, and the user is told about it, so an upload it stopped is
+		// not logged as a storage failure.
+		if ctx.Err() == nil {
+			log.Info("Failed to upload blob", "hash", finishedBlob.Hash, "error", err)
+		}
 
 		return 0, false, fmt.Errorf("uploading blob to storage: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -2248,8 +2268,9 @@ func (s *Scanner) detectDeletedFiles(
 
 // excludedOrInExcludedDir reports whether filePath, which is at or
 // beneath rootPath, or any directory between rootPath and it, matches an
-// exclude pattern. A pattern such as */.local/share/Trash matches the
-// directory but not the files inside it, which the walk skips too.
+// exclude pattern or is one of vaultik's own files. A pattern such as
+// */.local/share/Trash matches the directory but not the files inside it,
+// which the walk skips too.
 func (s *Scanner) excludedOrInExcludedDir(filePath, rootPath string) bool {
 	for p := filePath; len(p) > len(rootPath); p = filepath.Dir(p) {
 		if s.shouldExclude(p, rootPath) {
@@ -2373,9 +2394,14 @@ func doubleStarVariants(pattern string) []string {
 }
 
 // shouldExclude checks if a path should be excluded based on exclude patterns
+// or because it is one of vaultik's own working files.
 // filePath is the full path to the file
 // rootPath is the root of the backup source directory
 func (s *Scanner) shouldExclude(filePath, rootPath string) bool {
+	if _, ok := s.indexAndLockFiles[filePath]; ok {
+		return true
+	}
+
 	if len(s.compiledExclude) == 0 {
 		return false
 	}

internal/snapshot/upload_cancel_log_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+//nolint:testpackage // exercises the unexported uploadBlobIfNeeded
+package snapshot
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"context"
+	"io"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+	"time"
+
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/blob"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/log"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/storage"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/storage/faultstore"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/ui"
+)
+
+const uploadFailedLogMessage = "Failed to upload blob"
+
+// uploadTestBlob uploads a small blob through store.
+func uploadTestBlob(ctx context.Context, store storage.Storer) error {
+	data := []byte("blob data")
+	s := &Scanner{storage: store, ui: ui.NewWithColor(io.Discard, false)}
+
+	_, _, err := s.uploadBlobIfNeeded(ctx, "blobs/test", &blob.WithReader{
+		FinishedBlob: &blob.FinishedBlob{
+			Hash:       "test",
+			Compressed: int64(len(data)),
+		},
+		Reader: bytes.NewReader(data),
+	}, time.Now(), &ScanResult{})
+
+	return err
+}
+
+// captureLog runs fn and returns what the logger wrote to stderr
+// meanwhile, at the --verbose level. The logger writes to the os.Stderr
+// it finds when it is initialized, so os.Stderr is pointed at a file
+// first. Not parallel-safe: os.Stderr and the logger are process-global.
+func captureLog(t *testing.T, fn func()) string {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	stderrPath := filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "stderr")
+
+	stderrFile, err := os.Create(stderrPath) //nolint:gosec // G304: test temp path
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("creating stderr file: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	previous := os.Stderr
+	os.Stderr = stderrFile
+
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{Verbose: true})
+
+	fn()
+
+	os.Stderr = previous
+
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+
+	_ = stderrFile.Close()
+
+	captured, err := os.ReadFile(stderrPath) //nolint:gosec // G304: test temp path
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatalf("reading stderr file: %v", err)
+	}
+
+	return string(captured)
+}
+
+// An upload stopped by Ctrl-C or SIGTERM is not logged as an error; the
+// interrupted message is all the user sees. See
+// https://git.eeqj.de/sneak/vaultik/issues/434.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // captureLog replaces os.Stderr
+func TestInterruptedUploadIsNotLoggedAsError(t *testing.T) {
+	inner, err := storage.NewFileStorer(t.TempDir())
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+
+	ctx, cancel := context.WithCancel(context.Background())
+	t.Cleanup(cancel)
+
+	// The user interrupts mid-upload. The injected error does not wrap
+	// context.Canceled, so only ctx shows why the upload failed.
+	store := faultstore.New(inner)
+	store.OnPut = func(string) faultstore.PutAction {
+		cancel()
+
+		return faultstore.PutFail
+	}
+
+	var uploadErr error
+
+	stderr := captureLog(t, func() { uploadErr = uploadTestBlob(ctx, store) })
+
+	if uploadErr == nil {
+		t.Fatal("expected the upload to fail")
+	}
+
+	if strings.Contains(stderr, uploadFailedLogMessage) {
+		t.Errorf("interrupted upload logged as a failure: %q", stderr)
+	}
+}
+
+// An upload that fails for any other reason is still logged.
+//
+//nolint:paralleltest // captureLog replaces os.Stderr
+func TestFailedUploadIsLogged(t *testing.T) {
+	inner, err := storage.NewFileStorer(t.TempDir())
+	if err != nil {
+		t.Fatal(err)
+	}
+
+	store := faultstore.New(inner)
+	store.OnPut = func(string) faultstore.PutAction { return faultstore.PutFail }
+
+	var uploadErr error
+
+	stderr := captureLog(t, func() {
+		uploadErr = uploadTestBlob(context.Background(), store)
+	})
+
+	if uploadErr == nil {
+		t.Fatal("expected the upload to fail")
+	}
+
+	if !strings.Contains(stderr, uploadFailedLogMessage) {
+		t.Errorf("failed upload not logged: %q", stderr)
+	}
+}

internal/storage/s3_test.go

@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ func TestS3ListingCutShortIsAnError(t *testing.T) {
 }
 
 // TestS3URLPrefixKeyLayout pins the bucket keys an s3:// URL reads and
-// writes: the README's remote storage layout, with the prefix joined to
+// writes: the layout in docs/REPOSTRUCTURE.md, with the prefix joined to
 // each key by one "/". s3://b/p and s3://b/p/ must be the same
 // destination, or a host that writes the URL the other way finds no
 // snapshots. The listed object is put straight into the bucket, as

internal/vaultik/blob_fetch.go

@@ -22,6 +22,10 @@ var errBlobHashMismatch = errors.New("blob hash mismatch")
 var errBlobNotFullyRead = errors.New(
 	"blob closed before fully read; hash not verified")
 
+// errWrongPrivateKeyForBlob is returned when the configured key parses
+// but is not one of the keys a blob was encrypted to.
+var errWrongPrivateKeyForBlob = errors.New("cannot decrypt this blob")
+
 // hashVerifyReader wraps a blobgen.Reader and verifies the double-SHA-256 hash
 // of decrypted plaintext when Close is called. It reuses the hash that
 // blobgen.Reader already computes internally via its TeeReader, avoiding
@@ -87,10 +91,14 @@ func (v *Vaultik) FetchAndDecryptBlob(
 		return nil, err
 	}
 
-	reader, err := blobgen.NewReader(rc, identities...)
+	reader, err := v.newBlobReader(rc, identities)
 	if err != nil {
 		_ = rc.Close()
 
+		if errors.Is(err, errWrongPrivateKeyForBlob) {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+
 		return nil, fmt.Errorf("creating blob reader: %w", err)
 	}
 
@@ -102,6 +110,28 @@ func (v *Vaultik) FetchAndDecryptBlob(
 	}, nil
 }
 
+// newBlobReader opens the decrypting reader for a blob. When none of the
+// identities can decrypt it, the error says in plain words that the
+// configured private key is not one of the keys the blob was encrypted
+// to and names where the key was configured.
+func (v *Vaultik) newBlobReader(
+	r io.Reader, identities []age.Identity,
+) (*blobgen.Reader, error) {
+	blobReader, err := blobgen.NewReader(r, identities...)
+
+	if _, ok := errors.AsType[*age.NoIdentityMatchError](err); ok {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+			"%w: the private key in %s is not one of the keys the blob was encrypted to",
+			errWrongPrivateKeyForBlob, v.Config.AgeSecretKeySourceName())
+	}
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return blobReader, nil
+}
+
 // FetchBlob downloads a blob and returns a reader for the encrypted data.
 // The reader is closed as soon as ctx is cancelled, which ends a read
 // blocked inside it. A storage error is returned as is: restore and deep

internal/vaultik/destination_marker.go

@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) checkDestinationMarker() error {
 	}
 
 	// Config is nil only in tests, which then record no binding (see
-	// EnsureStorageBinding).
+	// checkStorageBinding).
 	if v.Config != nil {
 		stored, configured, err := v.storageBinding()
 		if err != nil {
@@ -83,11 +83,19 @@ func (v *Vaultik) checkDestinationMarker() error {
 	return nil
 }
 
-// markDestination checks the backup destination store with
-// checkDestinationMarker and then writes the marker, so a first backup
-// marks its destination and a later one writes the same text again.
+// markDestination refuses a local index bound to a different
+// destination, checks the backup destination store for its marker,
+// writes the marker, and then records the binding. A first backup marks
+// its destination and a later one writes the same text again. The
+// binding is recorded last, so a first backup that cannot write to the
+// destination leaves the local index unbound.
 func (v *Vaultik) markDestination() error {
-	err := v.checkDestinationMarker()
+	err := v.checkStorageBinding()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	err = v.checkDestinationMarker()
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
@@ -99,5 +107,5 @@ func (v *Vaultik) markDestination() error {
 			destinationMarkerKey, err)
 	}
 
-	return nil
+	return v.EnsureStorageBinding()
 }

internal/vaultik/info.go

@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) RemoteInfo(jsonOutput bool) error {
 		v.stdoutf("Type:     %s\n", storageInfo.Type)
 		v.stdoutf("Location: %s\n", storageInfo.Location)
 		v.printlnStdout()
-		v.stdoutf("Scanning snapshot metadata...\n")
+		v.UI.Beginf("Scanning snapshot metadata...")
 	}
 
 	snapshotMetadata, snapshotIDs, skippedManifestCount, err := v.collectSnapshotMetadata()
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) RemoteInfo(jsonOutput bool) error {
 			}
 		}
 
-		v.stdoutf("Downloading %d manifest(s)...\n", manifestCount)
+		v.UI.Beginf("Downloading %d manifest(s)...", manifestCount)
 	}
 
 	referencedBlobs, unreadableManifests := v.collectReferencedBlobsFromManifests(
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) scanRemoteBlobStorage(
 	result *RemoteInfoResult, referencedBlobs map[string]int64, showText bool,
 ) error {
 	if showText {
-		v.stdoutf("Scanning blobs...\n")
+		v.UI.Beginf("Scanning blobs...")
 	}
 
 	// Use prune's listing, so a file under blobs/ that prune would never

internal/vaultik/missing_destination_test.go

@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ import (
 	"os"
 	"path/filepath"
 	"strings"
+	"sync"
 	"testing"
 
 	"github.com/spf13/afero"
@@ -24,19 +25,28 @@ import (
 // that is not plugged in, cannot be listed. It is not an empty store, so
 // no command may conclude from it that the local snapshots are gone.
 
-// newFileDestinationVaultik returns a Vaultik that backs up the
-// snapshot named "first" to a file:// destination at storeDir.
+// newFileDestinationVaultik writes the fault source tree and returns a
+// Vaultik that backs it up to a file:// destination at storeDir.
 func newFileDestinationVaultik(
 	ctx context.Context, t *testing.T, storeDir string,
 ) (*vaultik.Vaultik, *database.Repositories) {
 	t.Helper()
 
-	osFs := afero.NewOsFs()
 	tempDir := t.TempDir()
 	dataDir := filepath.Join(tempDir, "src")
-	dbPath := filepath.Join(tempDir, "index.sqlite")
+	writeFaultSourceTree(t, afero.NewOsFs(), dataDir)
 
-	writeFaultSourceTree(t, osFs, dataDir)
+	return openFileDestinationVaultik(ctx, t, storeDir, dataDir,
+		filepath.Join(tempDir, "index.sqlite"))
+}
+
+// openFileDestinationVaultik returns a Vaultik that backs up dataDir to a
+// file:// destination at storeDir, with its local index at dbPath. The
+// index is closed when the test ends.
+func openFileDestinationVaultik(
+	ctx context.Context, t *testing.T, storeDir, dataDir, dbPath string,
+) (*vaultik.Vaultik, *database.Repositories) {
+	t.Helper()
 
 	store, err := storage.NewFileStorer(storeDir)
 	require.NoError(t, err)
@@ -48,22 +58,84 @@ func newFileDestinationVaultik(
 	repos := database.NewRepositories(db)
 	cfg := changedFileConfig(dataDir, dbPath)
 
-	return newBackupVaultik(ctx, cfg, store, repos, db, osFs), repos
+	return newBackupVaultik(ctx, cfg, store, repos, db, afero.NewOsFs()), repos
+}
+
+// firstBackup is one backup of the snapshot named "first" to a file://
+// destination. dir holds its source tree in src, its store in store and
+// its closed local index in index/index.sqlite. The first test that
+// needs it makes it, and TestMain removes it. Every test that copies it
+// backs up the same source tree, so no test may change that tree.
+//
+//nolint:gochecknoglobals // made once and shared by the tests that copy it
+var firstBackup struct {
+	once  sync.Once
+	dir   string
+	ready bool
+}
+
+// TestMain removes firstBackup once every test has run.
+func TestMain(m *testing.M) {
+	code := m.Run()
+
+	_ = os.RemoveAll(firstBackup.dir)
+
+	os.Exit(code)
+}
+
+// makeFirstBackup writes the fault source tree and backs it up as the
+// snapshot named "first", all in a new directory that it records in
+// firstBackup.
+func makeFirstBackup(ctx context.Context, t *testing.T) {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	dir, err := os.MkdirTemp("", "vaultik-first-backup-")
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	firstBackup.dir = dir
+	storeDir := filepath.Join(dir, "store")
+	dataDir := filepath.Join(dir, "src")
+	indexDir := filepath.Join(dir, "index")
+
+	require.NoError(t, os.Mkdir(storeDir, 0o750))
+	require.NoError(t, os.Mkdir(indexDir, 0o750))
+	writeFaultSourceTree(t, afero.NewOsFs(), dataDir)
+
+	v, _ := openFileDestinationVaultik(ctx, t, storeDir, dataDir,
+		filepath.Join(indexDir, "index.sqlite"))
+	require.NoError(t, backUp(v, "first"))
+	require.NoError(t, v.DB.Close())
+
+	firstBackup.ready = true
 }
 
 // backUpToFileDestination creates the directory storeDir, as a user must
-// before the first backup, and backs up the snapshot named "first" to a
-// file:// destination there. Everything the returned Vaultik prints
-// after the backup goes to the returned buffer.
+// before the first backup, and returns a Vaultik whose file://
+// destination there holds a backup of the snapshot named "first". The
+// store and the local index are copies of firstBackup's, which is faster
+// than backing up in every test. The returned Vaultik backs up a source
+// tree shared with every other caller, so no test may change that tree.
+// Everything the returned Vaultik prints after the backup goes to the
+// returned buffer.
 func backUpToFileDestination(
 	ctx context.Context, t *testing.T, storeDir string,
 ) (*vaultik.Vaultik, *database.Repositories, *bytes.Buffer) {
 	t.Helper()
 
-	require.NoError(t, os.MkdirAll(storeDir, 0o750))
+	firstBackup.once.Do(func() { makeFirstBackup(ctx, t) })
+	require.True(t, firstBackup.ready, "another test failed to make firstBackup")
 
-	v, repos := newFileDestinationVaultik(ctx, t, storeDir)
-	require.NoError(t, backUp(v, "first"))
+	require.NoError(t, os.MkdirAll(storeDir, 0o750))
+	require.NoError(t, os.CopyFS(storeDir,
+		os.DirFS(filepath.Join(firstBackup.dir, "store"))))
+
+	indexDir := t.TempDir()
+	require.NoError(t, os.CopyFS(indexDir,
+		os.DirFS(filepath.Join(firstBackup.dir, "index"))))
+
+	v, repos := openFileDestinationVaultik(ctx, t, storeDir,
+		filepath.Join(firstBackup.dir, "src"),
+		filepath.Join(indexDir, "index.sqlite"))
 
 	out := &bytes.Buffer{}
 	v.Stdout = out

internal/vaultik/prune.go

@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) NukeRemote(force bool) error {
 	// the same way, so the advice below must not follow these errors.
 	// The listing also fails on a destination that answers that it has
 	// no marker while the local index holds snapshots.
-	err := v.EnsureStorageBinding()
+	err := v.checkStorageBinding()
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ type PruneBlobsResult struct {
 // PruneDatabase or PruneBlobs individually unless it specifically wants
 // one half.
 func (v *Vaultik) Prune(opts *PruneOptions) error {
-	err := v.EnsureStorageBinding()
+	err := v.checkStorageBinding()
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) PruneBlobs(opts *PruneOptions) error {
 
 	if !v.confirmPrune(opts, len(unreferencedBlobs), totalSize,
 		dirsWithoutManifest) {
-		return nil
+		return ErrNotConfirmed
 	}
 
 	v.deleteUnreferencedBlobs(unreferencedBlobs, allBlobs, result)

internal/vaultik/prune_metadata_dir_test.go

@@ -176,7 +176,8 @@ func TestPruneDeclinedKeepsMetadataDirWithoutManifest(t *testing.T) {
 
 	env.v.Stdin = strings.NewReader("n\n")
 
-	require.NoError(t, env.v.PruneBlobs(&vaultik.PruneOptions{}))
+	require.ErrorIs(t, env.v.PruneBlobs(&vaultik.PruneOptions{}),
+		vaultik.ErrNotConfirmed)
 
 	assert.True(t, env.store.hasKey(leftDB),
 		"a declined prune must keep the directory")

internal/vaultik/remote_info_test.go

@@ -12,6 +12,7 @@ import (
 	"github.com/stretchr/testify/require"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/log"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/snapshot"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/ui"
 )
 
 // testBlobHashB is a blob that the manifest written by addRemote does
@@ -259,3 +260,24 @@ func TestRemoteInfo_DirectoryWithoutManifestLeavesOrphansKnown(t *testing.T) {
 	assert.NotContains(t, doc, "unreadable_manifests")
 	assert.NotContains(t, doc, "skipped_manifest_count")
 }
+
+// TestRemoteInfo_StatusLineUsesUIMarker checks that the remote info
+// status lines go through internal/ui: marker-prefixed, and silenced by
+// --quiet.
+func TestRemoteInfo_StatusLineUsesUIMarker(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	env := newListEnv(t)
+	env.addRemote(t, listRemoteID, time.Date(2026, 3, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, time.UTC))
+
+	const statusLine = ui.Marker + " Scanning snapshot metadata...\n"
+
+	require.NoError(t, env.v.RemoteInfo(false))
+	assert.Contains(t, env.stdout.String(), statusLine)
+
+	env.stdout.Reset()
+	env.v.UI.SetQuiet(true)
+	require.NoError(t, env.v.RemoteInfo(false))
+	assert.NotContains(t, env.stdout.String(), "Scanning snapshot metadata")
+}

internal/vaultik/remove_quiet_test.go

@@ -54,9 +54,10 @@ func TestPurgeSnapshots_QuietPromptListsSnapshots(t *testing.T) {
 	v.UI.SetQuiet(true)
 
 	// Stdin is empty, so the prompt reads no answer and cancels.
-	require.NoError(t, v.PurgeSnapshotsWithOptions(&vaultik.SnapshotPurgeOptions{
+	err := v.PurgeSnapshotsWithOptions(&vaultik.SnapshotPurgeOptions{
 		KeepLatest: true,
-	}))
+	})
+	require.ErrorIs(t, err, vaultik.ErrNotConfirmed)
 
 	assert.Contains(t, out.String(), snapHomeT0)
 	assert.Contains(t, out.String(), "Delete 1 snapshot(s)? [y/N]")
@@ -77,7 +78,8 @@ func TestPruneBlobs_QuietPromptShowsBlobTotal(t *testing.T) {
 	addBlob(t, env.store.testStorer, testBlobHashA)
 
 	// Stdin is empty, so the prompt reads no answer and cancels.
-	require.NoError(t, env.v.PruneBlobs(&vaultik.PruneOptions{}))
+	require.ErrorIs(t, env.v.PruneBlobs(&vaultik.PruneOptions{}),
+		vaultik.ErrNotConfirmed)
 
 	assert.Contains(t, env.stdout.String(),
 		"Found 1 unreferenced blob(s) totaling")

internal/vaultik/remove_snapshot_test.go

@@ -337,6 +337,27 @@ func TestRemoveSnapshot_DefaultRemovesMetadataNotBlobs(t *testing.T) {
 	assert.Contains(t, out, "vaultik prune")
 }
 
+// TestRemoveSnapshot_DeclinedIsError checks that answering no to the
+// prompt keeps the snapshot and returns ErrNotConfirmed, so the command
+// exits non-zero.
+func TestRemoveSnapshot_DeclinedIsError(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	store := newTestStorer()
+	addManifest(t, store, "snapshot-001", nil)
+
+	tv := vaultik.NewForTesting(store)
+	tv.Repositories = newLocalIndex(t, "snapshot-001")
+	tv.Stdin.WriteString("n\n")
+
+	_, err := tv.RemoveSnapshot("snapshot-001", &vaultik.RemoveOptions{})
+
+	require.ErrorIs(t, err, vaultik.ErrNotConfirmed)
+	assert.True(t, store.hasKey(remoteKeyPath("snapshot-001")))
+	assert.Contains(t, tv.Stdout.String(), "Cancelled")
+}
+
 func TestRemoveSnapshot_DryRun(t *testing.T) {
 	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
 	t.Parallel()

internal/vaultik/restore.go

@@ -40,6 +40,9 @@ var (
 	// which is secret, so the message is safe to print and log.
 	errInvalidAgeSecretKey = errors.New(
 		"configured age secret key holds no usable age identity")
+	// errWrongPrivateKey is returned when the configured key parses but
+	// is not one of the keys the snapshot was encrypted to.
+	errWrongPrivateKey          = errors.New("cannot decrypt this snapshot")
 	errBlobMissingFromIndex     = errors.New("blob hash missing from blob index")
 	errChunkNotInAnyBlob        = errors.New("chunk not found in any blob")
 	errBlobIDNotInHashIndex     = errors.New("blob id missing from hash index")
@@ -106,7 +109,12 @@ type RestoreResult struct {
 	BytesDownloaded int64
 	Duration        time.Duration
 	FilesFailed     int
-	FailedFiles     []string // Paths of files that failed to restore
+	FailedFiles     []string // Paths of files that failed to restore for their own reason
+	// Blobs that could not be downloaded, and the paths of the files
+	// skipped because they need one of them. Those files are counted in
+	// FilesFailed but not listed in the summary.
+	BlobsFailed            int
+	FilesNeedingFailedBlob []string
 	// Verification results (only populated if Verify option is set)
 	FilesVerified     int
 	BytesVerified     int64
@@ -128,10 +136,19 @@ func (v *Vaultik) Restore(opts *RestoreOptions) error {
 		"paths", opts.Paths,
 	)
 
+	remoteKey, err := v.resolveSnapshotRemoteKey(opts.SnapshotID)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
 	// Step 1: Download and decrypt the snapshot metadata database
 	log.Info("Downloading snapshot metadata...")
 
-	tempDB, tempDir, err := v.downloadSnapshotDB(opts.SnapshotID, identities)
+	tempDB, tempDir, err := v.downloadSnapshotDB(opts.SnapshotID, remoteKey, identities)
+	if errors.Is(err, errWrongPrivateKey) {
+		return err
+	}
+
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("downloading snapshot database: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -226,6 +243,11 @@ func (v *Vaultik) finishRestore(
 	if result.FilesFailed > 0 {
 		v.UI.Warningf("%d file(s) failed to restore:", result.FilesFailed)
 
+		if result.BlobsFailed > 0 {
+			v.UI.Detailf("%d of them need a blob that could not be read (%d blob(s) in all).",
+				len(result.FilesNeedingFailedBlob), result.BlobsFailed)
+		}
+
 		for _, path := range result.FailedFiles {
 			v.UI.Detailf("%s", v.UI.Path(path))
 		}
@@ -323,6 +345,28 @@ func (v *Vaultik) restoreIdentities() ([]age.Identity, error) {
 	return identities, nil
 }
 
+// newSnapshotDBReader opens the decrypting reader for a snapshot
+// database. When none of the identities can decrypt it, the error says
+// in plain words that the configured private key is the wrong one and
+// names where it was configured.
+func (v *Vaultik) newSnapshotDBReader(
+	r io.Reader, identities []age.Identity,
+) (*blobgen.Reader, error) {
+	blobReader, err := blobgen.NewReader(r, identities...)
+
+	if _, ok := errors.AsType[*age.NoIdentityMatchError](err); ok {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+			"%w: the private key in %s is not one of the keys the backup was encrypted to",
+			errWrongPrivateKey, v.Config.AgeSecretKeySourceName())
+	}
+
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return blobReader, nil
+}
+
 // restoreAllFiles processes files in blob-locality order: drain every
 // file whose blob set is on disk, download the missing blobs for the
 // pending file with the smallest uncached count, repeat. This keeps
@@ -494,8 +538,8 @@ func (v *Vaultik) runRestoreLoop(
 // Returns false when nothing is pending download (the caller stops).
 //
 // A blob that cannot be downloaded is reported through
-// handleRestoreFileError for every pending file that references it, so
-// it aborts the restore unless --skip-errors is set.
+// handleRestoreBlobError, so it aborts the restore unless --skip-errors
+// is set.
 func (s *restoreSession) downloadNextBlobSet(
 	plan *restorePlan, filesByID map[types.FileID]*database.File,
 ) (bool, error) {
@@ -528,12 +572,11 @@ func (s *restoreSession) downloadNextBlobSet(
 				return false, err
 			}
 
-			for _, fileID := range plan.filesReferencingBlob(hash) {
-				fileErr := s.v.handleRestoreFileError(
-					plan, s.opts, s.result, filesByID[fileID], fileID, err)
-				if fileErr != nil {
-					return false, fileErr
-				}
+			blobErr := s.v.handleRestoreBlobError(
+				plan, s.opts, s.result, filesByID,
+				plan.filesReferencingBlob(hash), err)
+			if blobErr != nil {
+				return false, blobErr
 			}
 
 			// next is among the failed files, so the rest of its blob set
@@ -624,19 +667,19 @@ func (v *Vaultik) restoreProgressTick(
 
 // handleRestoreFileError records a per-file restore failure: fatal unless
 // --skip-errors is set, in which case the file is counted as failed and
-// dropped from the plan.
+// dropped from the plan. A fatal failure is not logged here: the returned
+// error is printed as the command's ERROR: line.
 func (v *Vaultik) handleRestoreFileError(
 	plan *restorePlan, opts *RestoreOptions, result *RestoreResult,
 	file *database.File, fileID types.FileID, err error,
 ) error {
-	log.Error("Failed to restore file", "path", file.Path, "error", err)
-
 	if !opts.SkipErrors {
 		return fmt.Errorf(
 			"restoring %s: %w (pass --skip-errors to continue past "+
 				"restore failures)", file.Path, err)
 	}
 
+	log.Error("Failed to restore file", "path", file.Path, "error", err)
 	v.UI.Errorf("Failed to restore %s: %v. Skipping (--skip-errors).",
 		v.UI.Path(file.Path.String()), err)
 
@@ -648,6 +691,41 @@ func (v *Vaultik) handleRestoreFileError(
 	return nil
 }
 
+// handleRestoreBlobError records a blob that could not be downloaded.
+// fileIDs are the pending files that need it, never empty. Without
+// --skip-errors the first of them fails the restore. With it, the blob is
+// reported once, and its files are counted as failed and dropped from
+// the plan without being reported one by one.
+func (v *Vaultik) handleRestoreBlobError(
+	plan *restorePlan, opts *RestoreOptions, result *RestoreResult,
+	filesByID map[types.FileID]*database.File, fileIDs []types.FileID,
+	err error,
+) error {
+	if !opts.SkipErrors {
+		return v.handleRestoreFileError(
+			plan, opts, result, filesByID[fileIDs[0]], fileIDs[0], err)
+	}
+
+	log.Error("Failed to restore files", "files", len(fileIDs), "error", err)
+	v.UI.Errorf("Failed to restore %d file(s): %v. Skipping them (--skip-errors).",
+		len(fileIDs), err)
+
+	result.BlobsFailed++
+
+	for _, fileID := range fileIDs {
+		path := filesByID[fileID].Path.String()
+
+		log.Debug("Skipped file that needs a failed blob", "path", path)
+
+		result.FilesFailed++
+		result.FilesNeedingFailedBlob = append(result.FilesNeedingFailedBlob, path)
+
+		plan.finishFile(fileID)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
 // printRestoreProgress emits a periodic restore-phase status line via
 // the UI writer, mirroring scanner.printProcessingProgress so the two
 // long-running commands have the same on-screen rhythm.
@@ -719,8 +797,8 @@ func (v *Vaultik) handleRestoreVerification(
 ) error {
 	// A file that failed to restore was not written and is already
 	// reported as such, so it is not verified.
-	failedToRestore := make(map[string]bool, len(result.FailedFiles))
-	for _, path := range result.FailedFiles {
+	failedToRestore := make(map[string]bool, result.FilesFailed)
+	for _, path := range slices.Concat(result.FailedFiles, result.FilesNeedingFailedBlob) {
 		failedToRestore[path] = true
 	}
 
@@ -754,19 +832,12 @@ func (v *Vaultik) handleRestoreVerification(
 	return nil
 }
 
-// downloadSnapshotDB downloads and decrypts the snapshot metadata
-// database. The identifier is resolved to the snapshot's remote key: a
-// human ID is hashed, and a remote key (or its abbreviation, as printed
-// for a remote-only snapshot) is used as-is, so a host with no local
-// index can restore the snapshots it can only see on the store.
+// downloadSnapshotDB downloads and decrypts the metadata database of the
+// snapshot at remoteKey, which resolveSnapshotRemoteKey returned for
+// snapshotID.
 func (v *Vaultik) downloadSnapshotDB(
-	snapshotID string, identities []age.Identity,
+	snapshotID, remoteKey string, identities []age.Identity,
 ) (*database.DB, string, error) {
-	remoteKey, err := v.resolveSnapshotRemoteKey(snapshotID)
-	if err != nil {
-		return nil, "", err
-	}
-
 	// Download encrypted database from storage
 	dbKey := fmt.Sprintf("metadata/%s/db.zst.age", remoteKey)
 
@@ -783,9 +854,9 @@ func (v *Vaultik) downloadSnapshotDB(
 	// the plaintext to a temp file. Neither the encrypted bytes nor the
 	// decrypted database is ever held whole in memory; a snapshot database
 	// can be large.
-	blobReader, err := blobgen.NewReader(reader, identities...)
+	blobReader, err := v.newSnapshotDBReader(reader, identities)
 	if err != nil {
-		return nil, "", fmt.Errorf("creating decryption reader: %w", err)
+		return nil, "", err
 	}
 
 	defer func() { _ = blobReader.Close() }()

internal/vaultik/restore_locality_test.go

@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ import (
 //     slice out a few KB — currently the dominant cost in restore.
 //
 // The test deliberately constructs an adversarial scenario: three
-// blobs A/B/C of ~6 MB each, nine files distributed across them, and
-// path-ordered names that interleave the blobs (a1, b1, c1, a2, b2,
-// c2, …) so naive path-order processing would touch every blob before
-// finishing any of them.
-// localitySource is one 1 MiB fixture file used by the locality test.
+// blobs A/B/C of five 64 KiB chunks each, nine files distributed across
+// them, and path-ordered names that interleave the blobs (a1, b1, c1,
+// a2, b2, c2, …) so naive path-order processing would touch every blob
+// before finishing any of them.
+// localitySource is one 64 KiB fixture file used by the locality test.
 type localitySource struct {
 	path string
 	data []byte
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ type localityCopy struct {
 
 // localitySourceBytes is the size of each source file of the locality
 // fixture.
-const localitySourceBytes = 1024 * 1024
+const localitySourceBytes = 64 * 1024
 
 // buildLocalityFixture writes the adversarial source layout described
-// in TestRestoreLocalityAndReadAt: 15 sources of 1 MiB each (which the
+// in TestRestoreLocalityAndReadAt: 15 sources of 64 KiB each (which the
 // backup packs into 3 blobs of 5 chunks) plus 9 interleaved-name copies
 // (3 per blob group).
 func buildLocalityFixture(

internal/vaultik/restore_skip_errors_test.go

@@ -51,27 +51,72 @@ func TestRestoreSkipErrorsSkipsFilesOfMissingBlob(t *testing.T) {
 	t.Parallel()
 
 	ctx := context.Background()
-	assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles(ctx, t, backupThenDeleteOneBlob(ctx, t))
+	backup := backupThenDeleteOneBlob(ctx, t)
+	out := assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles(ctx, t, backup)
+
+	assertLostFilesCountedNotListed(t, backup, out)
+}
+
+// TestRestoreSkipErrorsReportsUnreadableBlobOnce restores with SkipErrors
+// after one blob of a two-blob snapshot was overwritten with other bytes
+// of the same size. The blob must be reported once, by its hash, as not a
+// valid age stream, without quoting its bytes, and its files must be
+// counted, not listed.
+func TestRestoreSkipErrorsReportsUnreadableBlobOnce(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	backup, lostBlob := backupThenOverwriteOneBlob(ctx, t)
+	out := assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles(ctx, t, backup)
+
+	assert.Equal(t, 1, strings.Count(out, "not a valid age stream"), out)
+	assert.Contains(t, out, lostBlob[:16])
+	assert.NotContains(t, out, overwriteBlobPattern)
+	assertLostFilesCountedNotListed(t, backup, out)
 }
 
 // TestRestoreSkipErrorsSkipsFilesWithChunkInNoBlob restores with
 // SkipErrors a snapshot whose metadata lists chunks that no blob holds, as
-// earlier backup defects left behind.
+// earlier backup defects left behind. Each such file fails for its own
+// reason, so each is listed.
 func TestRestoreSkipErrorsSkipsFilesWithChunkInNoBlob(t *testing.T) {
 	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
 	t.Parallel()
 
 	ctx := context.Background()
-	assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles(ctx, t, backupThenDropOneBlobFromMetadata(ctx, t))
+	backup := backupThenDropOneBlobFromMetadata(ctx, t)
+	out := assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles(ctx, t, backup)
+
+	for path := range backup.lost {
+		assert.Containsf(t, out, path, "%s must be reported", path)
+	}
 }
 
-// assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles restores backup with SkipErrors. Every file
-// stored in the lost blob must be reported as failed and left absent,
-// every other file must be restored intact, and Restore must still return
-// an error.
+// assertLostFilesCountedNotListed checks that the restore output out
+// counts the files of the lost blob and names none of them.
+func assertLostFilesCountedNotListed(
+	t *testing.T, backup *missingBlobBackup, out string,
+) {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	assert.Contains(t, out, fmt.Sprintf(
+		"%d of them need a blob that could not be read (1 blob(s) in all)",
+		len(backup.lost)))
+
+	for path := range backup.lost {
+		assert.NotContainsf(t, out, path,
+			"%s needs the lost blob and must be counted, not listed", path)
+	}
+}
+
+// assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles restores backup with SkipErrors and returns
+// what it printed. Every file stored in the lost blob must be left
+// absent, every other file must be restored intact, and Restore must
+// still return an error.
 func assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles(
 	ctx context.Context, t *testing.T, backup *missingBlobBackup,
-) {
+) string {
 	t.Helper()
 
 	var out bytes.Buffer
@@ -93,8 +138,6 @@ func assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles(
 		restored := filepath.Join(backup.restoreDir, path)
 
 		if backup.lost[path] {
-			assert.Containsf(t, out.String(), path,
-				"%s needs the lost blob and must be reported", path)
 			assert.NoFileExists(t, restored)
 
 			continue
@@ -104,6 +147,8 @@ func assertRestoreSkipsLostFiles(
 		require.NoErrorf(t, err, "%s does not need the lost blob", path)
 		assert.Equalf(t, content, got, "%s restored with wrong content", path)
 	}
+
+	return out.String()
 }
 
 // TestRestoreSkipErrorsVerifyChecksOnlyRestoredFiles restores with
@@ -144,9 +189,9 @@ func TestRestoreSkipErrorsVerifyChecksOnlyRestoredFiles(t *testing.T) {
 // TestRestoreSkipErrorsVerifyReportsFailuresApart restores with
 // SkipErrors and Verify after one blob of a two-blob snapshot was
 // deleted, while one file that does restore is written one byte too long.
-// The restore warning must list only the files of the deleted blob, the
-// verification summary only the long file, each path once, and Restore
-// must return an error.
+// The restore warning must count the files of the deleted blob without
+// listing them, the verification summary must list only the long file,
+// once, and Restore must return an error.
 func TestRestoreSkipErrorsVerifyReportsFailuresApart(t *testing.T) {
 	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
 	t.Parallel()
@@ -186,9 +231,9 @@ func TestRestoreSkipErrorsVerifyReportsFailuresApart(t *testing.T) {
 		"Verification failed: 1 files did not match")
 	require.Truef(t, found, "no verification summary in:\n%s", out.String())
 
+	assertLostFilesCountedNotListed(t, backup, warning)
+
 	for path := range backup.lost {
-		assert.Equalf(t, 1, strings.Count(warning, path),
-			"%s must be listed once as failed to restore", path)
 		assert.NotContainsf(t, summary, path,
 			"%s was not restored and must not fail verification", path)
 	}
@@ -292,6 +337,35 @@ func backupThenDeleteOneBlob(
 	return backup
 }
 
+// overwriteBlobPattern repeats, each time followed by a newline, through
+// the bytes that backupThenOverwriteOneBlob writes over a blob. age's own
+// error quotes the data's first line only when it reads a whole line.
+const overwriteBlobPattern = "overwritten-blob-bytes-"
+
+// backupThenOverwriteOneBlob backs up missingBlobFileCount single-chunk
+// files, then overwrites the blob holding the first of them with as many
+// bytes of overwriteBlobPattern lines. It also returns that blob's hash.
+func backupThenOverwriteOneBlob(
+	ctx context.Context, t *testing.T,
+) (*missingBlobBackup, string) {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	backup, db, lostBlob := backupSingleChunkFiles(ctx, t)
+	require.NoError(t, db.Close())
+
+	key := fmt.Sprintf("blobs/%s/%s/%s", lostBlob[:2], lostBlob[2:4], lostBlob)
+
+	info, err := backup.storer.Stat(ctx, key)
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	line := overwriteBlobPattern + "\n"
+	pattern := bytes.Repeat([]byte(line), int(info.Size)/len(line)+1)
+	require.NoError(t, backup.storer.Put(
+		ctx, key, bytes.NewReader(pattern[:info.Size])))
+
+	return backup, lostBlob
+}
+
 // backupThenDropOneBlobFromMetadata backs up missingBlobFileCount
 // single-chunk files, then removes the blob holding the first of them from
 // the snapshot and exports the snapshot metadata again. The exported

internal/vaultik/restore_sweeper_integration_test.go

@@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ import (
 // TestRestoreSweeperEvictsBlobs exercises the reference-counted blob
 // disk cache eviction during restore.
 //
-// The scenario: 30 unique 1 MB random files plus 10 duplicates of those
-// (40 files total, 30 MB of unique content) get backed up with a 10 MB
-// blob_size_limit. After backup the snapshot's encrypted blobs are
-// restored through Vaultik.Restore, and per-key Get counts on the
+// The scenario: 30 unique 128 KiB random files plus 10 duplicates of
+// those (40 files total, 3.75 MiB of unique content) get backed up with
+// a 1 MiB blob_size_limit. After backup the snapshot's encrypted blobs
+// are restored through Vaultik.Restore, and per-key Get counts on the
 // storage layer are recorded. Each blob in the snapshot MUST be
 // downloaded exactly once — re-downloads would mean the sweeper either
 // evicted a blob that was still needed (LRU regression) or that the
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ import (
 // original AND every duplicate referencing its chunks have been
 // restored.
 // buildSweeperFixture writes the source layout for the sweeper test: 30
-// unique 1 MB random files plus 10 duplicates of a random subset. The
+// unique 128 KiB random files plus 10 duplicates of a random subset. The
 // PRNG seed is fixed so failures are reproducible; the entropy is what
 // matters here — the FastCDC chunker needs realistic-looking data to
 // pick chunk boundaries naturally. Returns the expected content by
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ func buildSweeperFixture(
 ) map[string][]byte {
 	t.Helper()
 
-	const fileSize = 1 * 1024 * 1024
+	const fileSize = 128 * 1024
 
 	rng := rand.New(rand.NewSource(42)) //nolint:gosec // G404: fixture data only
 
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ func runSweeperBackup(
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 	require.Equal(t, uniqueFiles+duplicateFiles, scanResult.FilesScanned)
 	require.Greater(t, scanResult.BlobsCreated, 1,
-		"30 MB of unique data at 10 MB blob size should yield multiple blobs")
+		"3.75 MiB of unique data at 1 MiB blob size should yield multiple blobs")
 
 	require.NoError(t, sm.CompleteSnapshot(ctx, snapshotID))
 	require.NoError(t, sm.ExportSnapshotMetadata(ctx, dbPath, snapshotID))
@@ -199,8 +199,8 @@ func TestRestoreSweeperEvictsBlobs(t *testing.T) {
 
 	expected := buildSweeperFixture(t, fs, dataDir, uniqueFiles, duplicateFiles)
 
-	chunkSize := int64(64 * 1024)
-	maxBlobSize := int64(10 * 1024 * 1024)
+	chunkSize := int64(16 * 1024)
+	maxBlobSize := int64(1024 * 1024)
 
 	storer, err := storage.NewFileStorer(storeDir)
 	require.NoError(t, err)

internal/vaultik/restore_wrong_key_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+package vaultik_test
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"context"
+	"io"
+	"path"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"testing"
+
+	"filippo.io/age"
+	"github.com/spf13/afero"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/require"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/blobgen"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/config"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/log"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/snapshot"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/ui"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/vaultik"
+)
+
+// TestWrongPrivateKeyError checks that restore and deep verify, given a
+// valid private key the backup was not encrypted to, fail with one plain
+// sentence that names where the key was configured.
+func TestWrongPrivateKeyError(t *testing.T) {
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	store := NewMockStorer()
+
+	const snapshotID = "test-host_2026-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+
+	remoteKey := snapshot.RemoteSnapshotKey(snapshotID)
+
+	manifest, err := snapshot.EncodeManifest(
+		&snapshot.Manifest{SnapshotID: remoteKey}, 3)
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+	require.NoError(t, store.Put(ctx,
+		"metadata/"+remoteKey+"/manifest.json.zst", bytes.NewReader(manifest)))
+
+	// The database is encrypted to the test recipient only.
+	var db bytes.Buffer
+
+	writer, err := blobgen.NewWriter(&db, 1, []string{testAgePublicKey})
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	_, err = writer.Write([]byte("snapshot database"))
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+	require.NoError(t, writer.Close())
+	require.NoError(t, store.Put(ctx,
+		"metadata/"+remoteKey+"/db.zst.age", &db))
+
+	otherKey, err := age.GenerateX25519Identity()
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	v := &vaultik.Vaultik{
+		Config:  &config.Config{AgeSecretKey: otherKey.String()},
+		Storage: store,
+		Fs:      afero.NewMemMapFs(),
+		Stdout:  io.Discard,
+		Stderr:  io.Discard,
+		UI:      ui.NewWithColor(io.Discard, false),
+	}
+	v.SetContext(ctx)
+
+	// A Config built directly has no recorded source, so the error names
+	// the config-file field.
+	const want = "cannot decrypt this snapshot: the private key in " +
+		"age_secret_key is not one of the keys the backup was encrypted to"
+
+	err = v.Restore(&vaultik.RestoreOptions{
+		SnapshotID: snapshotID,
+		TargetDir:  t.TempDir(),
+	})
+	require.EqualError(t, err, want)
+
+	err = v.RunDeepVerify(snapshotID, &vaultik.VerifyOptions{Deep: true})
+	require.EqualError(t, err, want)
+}
+
+// TestWrongPrivateKeyForBlobError backs up a file, then backs it up again
+// from an empty local index with a second recipient added. The second
+// snapshot reuses the stored blob, which stays encrypted to the first
+// recipient only. With only the added key configured, restore and deep
+// verify read the database but fail on the blob with one plain sentence
+// that names where the key was configured.
+func TestWrongPrivateKeyForBlobError(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	fs := afero.NewOsFs()
+	tempDir := t.TempDir()
+	dataDir := filepath.Join(tempDir, "source")
+	dataPath := filepath.Join(dataDir, "data.bin")
+	storeDir := t.TempDir()
+	secondDBPath := filepath.Join(tempDir, "second.sqlite")
+
+	chunkSize := int64(64 * 1024)
+	maxBlobSize := int64(512 * 1024)
+
+	require.NoError(t, fs.MkdirAll(dataDir, 0o755))
+	require.NoError(t, afero.WriteFile(fs, dataPath,
+		bytesPattern("key-", int(chunkSize)), 0o644))
+
+	ctx := context.Background()
+
+	runFileStorageBackup(ctx, t, fs, dataDir, storeDir,
+		filepath.Join(tempDir, "first.sqlite"), chunkSize, maxBlobSize)
+
+	env := setupDedupBackupEnv(
+		ctx, t, fs, storeDir, secondDBPath, chunkSize, maxBlobSize)
+
+	defer func() { _ = env.db.Close() }()
+
+	addedKey, err := age.GenerateX25519Identity()
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	env.cfg.AgeRecipients = append(env.cfg.AgeRecipients,
+		addedKey.Recipient().String())
+
+	snapshotID, result := runDedupSnapshot(ctx, t, env.sm, env.makeScanner(),
+		env.cfg.Hostname, "second", dataDir, secondDBPath)
+	require.Zero(t, result.BlobsUploaded,
+		"the second backup should reuse the stored blob")
+
+	require.NoError(t, env.db.Close())
+
+	blobKeys, err := env.storer.List(ctx, "blobs/")
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+	require.Len(t, blobKeys, 1)
+
+	blobHash := path.Base(blobKeys[0])
+
+	env.cfg.AgeSecretKey = addedKey.String()
+
+	v := &vaultik.Vaultik{
+		Config:  env.cfg,
+		Storage: env.storer,
+		Fs:      fs,
+		Stdout:  io.Discard,
+		Stderr:  io.Discard,
+		UI:      ui.NewWithColor(io.Discard, false),
+	}
+	v.SetContext(ctx)
+
+	const sentence = "cannot decrypt this blob: the private key in " +
+		"age_secret_key is not one of the keys the blob was encrypted to"
+
+	// Restore names the blob by the first 16 characters of its hash.
+	err = v.Restore(&vaultik.RestoreOptions{
+		SnapshotID: snapshotID,
+		TargetDir:  t.TempDir(),
+	})
+	require.EqualError(t, err, "restoring "+dataPath+": downloading blob "+
+		blobHash[:16]+": "+sentence+
+		" (pass --skip-errors to continue past restore failures)")
+
+	err = v.RunDeepVerify(snapshotID, &vaultik.VerifyOptions{Deep: true})
+	require.EqualError(t, err,
+		"blob "+blobHash+" verification failed: "+sentence)
+}

internal/vaultik/snapshot.go

@@ -115,14 +115,9 @@ func (v *Vaultik) CreateSnapshot(opts *SnapshotCreateOptions) error {
 		"index_path", v.Config.IndexPath,
 	)
 
-	err := v.EnsureStorageBinding()
-	if err != nil {
-		return err
-	}
-
 	// Before PruneDatabase: it drops incomplete snapshots, which could
 	// leave the local index without one and so skip the marker check.
-	err = v.markDestination()
+	err := v.markDestination()
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
@@ -749,7 +744,7 @@ type SnapshotPurgeOptions struct {
 // snapshot name, not the latest globally. This prevents `home` and `system`
 // snapshots from cannibalizing each other.
 func (v *Vaultik) PurgeSnapshotsWithOptions(opts *SnapshotPurgeOptions) error {
-	err := v.EnsureStorageBinding()
+	err := v.checkStorageBinding()
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
@@ -881,17 +876,12 @@ func (v *Vaultik) confirmAndExecutePurge(
 
 		var confirm string
 
+		// A failure to read the answer means no confirmation.
 		_, err := v.scanStdin(&confirm)
-		if err != nil {
+		if err != nil || strings.ToLower(confirm) != "y" {
 			v.printlnStdout("Cancelled")
 
-			return nil //nolint:nilerr // treat EOF or read error as "no"
-		}
-
-		if strings.ToLower(confirm) != "y" {
-			v.printlnStdout("Cancelled")
-
-			return nil
+			return ErrNotConfirmed
 		}
 	} else if !quiet {
 		v.UI.Infof("The following snapshots will be deleted:")
@@ -969,25 +959,22 @@ func (v *Vaultik) VerifySnapshotWithOptions(
 		Mode:       "shallow",
 	}
 
-	v.printVerifyHeader(snapshotID, opts)
-
-	// Resolve the identifier to the snapshot's remote key. A human ID is
-	// hashed; a remote key (or its abbreviation, as printed for a
-	// remote-only snapshot) is used as-is, so a host with no local index
-	// can verify a snapshot it can only see on the store. The key is kept
-	// so we can also check for the snapshot's encrypted database below.
+	// The key is kept so we can also check for the snapshot's encrypted
+	// database below.
 	remoteKey, err := v.resolveSnapshotRemoteKey(snapshotID)
 	if err != nil {
 		if opts.JSON {
 			result.Status = verifyStatusFailed
-			result.ErrorMessage = fmt.Sprintf("resolving snapshot identifier: %v", err)
+			result.ErrorMessage = err.Error()
 
 			return v.outputVerifyJSON(result)
 		}
 
-		return fmt.Errorf("resolving snapshot identifier: %w", err)
+		return err
 	}
 
+	v.printVerifyHeader(snapshotID, opts)
+
 	manifest, err := v.downloadManifestByKey(remoteKey)
 	if err != nil {
 		if opts.JSON {
@@ -1019,7 +1006,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) VerifySnapshotWithOptions(
 		v.printlnStdout()
 
 		// Check each blob is present with the size the manifest records.
-		v.stdoutf("Checking blob presence and sizes...\n")
+		v.UI.Beginf("Checking blob presence and sizes...")
 	}
 
 	v.checkSnapshotDatabase(remoteKey, result)
@@ -1285,7 +1272,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) outputVerifyJSON(result *VerifyResult) error {
 // jq` fail (issue #108). The narration is duplicated as log records,
 // which go to stderr and so cannot corrupt the document.
 func (v *Vaultik) CleanupLocalSnapshots(opts *PruneOptions) error {
-	err := v.EnsureStorageBinding()
+	err := v.checkStorageBinding()
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
@@ -1475,12 +1462,12 @@ func (v *Vaultik) RemoveSnapshot(
 		SnapshotID: snapshotID,
 	}
 
-	err := v.EnsureStorageBinding()
+	err := v.checkStorageBinding()
 	if err != nil {
 		return result, err
 	}
 
-	inLocalIndex, err := v.findSnapshotToRemove(snapshotID, opts)
+	inLocalIndex, err := v.checkSnapshotExists(snapshotID, opts.LocalOnly)
 	if err != nil {
 		return result, err
 	}
@@ -1490,7 +1477,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) RemoveSnapshot(
 	}
 
 	if !v.confirmRemoveSnapshot(snapshotID, opts) {
-		return result, nil
+		return result, ErrNotConfirmed
 	}
 
 	// Checked before the local record is deleted: it may be the last
@@ -1543,17 +1530,20 @@ func (v *Vaultik) RemoveSnapshot(
 	return result, nil
 }
 
-// findSnapshotToRemove reports whether the local index has a row for
-// snapshotID, and returns errSnapshotNotFound when there is nothing to
-// remove: no row and, unless LocalOnly is set, no metadata on the
-// destination store either. The destination store is consulted only
-// when the local index has no row, so a snapshot in the local index can
-// still be removed from it while the destination store is unreachable,
-// and only after checkDestinationMarker passes, so an unplugged volume's
-// empty mount point is not taken for a store without the snapshot.
-func (v *Vaultik) findSnapshotToRemove(
-	snapshotID string, opts *RemoveOptions,
-) (bool, error) {
+// checkSnapshotExists returns errSnapshotNotFound when the local index
+// has no row for snapshotID and, unless localOnly is set, the
+// destination store has no metadata for it either. inLocalIndex reports
+// whether the local index has that row. The destination store is
+// consulted only when the local index has no row, so a snapshot in the
+// local index can still be removed from it while the destination store
+// is unreachable, and only after checkDestinationMarker passes, so an
+// unplugged volume's empty mount point is not taken for a store without
+// the snapshot.
+//
+//nolint:nonamedreturns // the result name says what the bool means
+func (v *Vaultik) checkSnapshotExists(
+	snapshotID string, localOnly bool,
+) (inLocalIndex bool, err error) {
 	if v.Repositories != nil {
 		snap, err := v.Repositories.Snapshots.GetByID(v.ctx, snapshotID)
 		if err != nil {
@@ -1565,12 +1555,12 @@ func (v *Vaultik) findSnapshotToRemove(
 		}
 	}
 
-	if opts.LocalOnly {
+	if localOnly {
 		return false, fmt.Errorf("%w in the local index: %s",
 			errSnapshotNotFound, snapshotID)
 	}
 
-	err := v.checkDestinationMarker()
+	err = v.checkDestinationMarker()
 	if err != nil {
 		return false, err
 	}
@@ -1712,7 +1702,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) removeSnapshotRemote(
 // before it removes anything when the destination store cannot be
 // listed or is not present by checkDestinationMarker.
 func (v *Vaultik) RemoveAllSnapshots(opts *RemoveOptions) (*RemoveResult, error) {
-	err := v.EnsureStorageBinding()
+	err := v.checkStorageBinding()
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}

internal/vaultik/snapshot_identifier.go

@@ -28,8 +28,9 @@ var (
 // Two forms are accepted, matching the two things a host can know:
 //
 //   - A human snapshot ID (hostname_name_timestamp), which a host holding
-//     the local index has. It is hashed to its remote key; the store is
-//     not consulted.
+//     the local index has. It is hashed to its remote key. An ID that
+//     names no snapshot in the local index or on the destination store
+//     is an error (see checkSnapshotExists).
 //   - A remote key, or the leading part of one, which is all a host with
 //     no local index can know — it is exactly what `snapshot list` prints
 //     for a remote-only snapshot (see formatRemoteOnlyID). It is resolved
@@ -41,6 +42,11 @@ var (
 // RFC3339 timestamp).
 func (v *Vaultik) resolveSnapshotRemoteKey(identifier string) (string, error) {
 	if !isRemoteKeyOrPrefix(identifier) {
+		_, err := v.checkSnapshotExists(identifier, false)
+		if err != nil {
+			return "", err
+		}
+
 		return snapshot.RemoteSnapshotKey(identifier), nil
 	}
 

internal/vaultik/snapshot_list_test.go

@@ -187,6 +187,17 @@ func (e *listEnv) addRemoteRawTimestamp(
 	t.Helper()
 
 	remoteKey := snapshot.RemoteSnapshotKey(snapshotID)
+	e.putRemoteManifest(t, remoteKey,
+		encodeRemoteManifest(t, remoteKey, timestamp))
+
+	return remoteKey
+}
+
+// encodeRemoteManifest returns the encoded manifest of a one-blob
+// snapshot whose remote key is remoteKey.
+func encodeRemoteManifest(t *testing.T, remoteKey, timestamp string) []byte {
+	t.Helper()
+
 	manifest := &snapshot.Manifest{
 		// Note: the hashed key, never the human ID. That is precisely
 		// why a remote-only snapshot cannot be named.
@@ -202,11 +213,17 @@ func (e *listEnv) addRemoteRawTimestamp(
 	data, err := snapshot.EncodeManifest(manifest, 3)
 	require.NoError(t, err)
 
-	err = e.store.Put(context.Background(),
+	return data
+}
+
+// putRemoteManifest stores an encoded manifest on the destination store
+// under remoteKey.
+func (e *listEnv) putRemoteManifest(t *testing.T, remoteKey string, data []byte) {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	err := e.store.Put(context.Background(),
 		"metadata/"+remoteKey+"/manifest.json.zst", bytes.NewReader(data))
 	require.NoError(t, err)
-
-	return remoteKey
 }
 
 // Fixtures shared across the listing tests.
@@ -345,8 +362,9 @@ func TestSnapshotListAndPurgePrintSizesLikeRemoteInfo(t *testing.T) {
 	// Without --force and with nothing on stdin the purge lists what it
 	// would delete, reads no confirmation, and deletes nothing.
 	env.stdout.Reset()
-	require.NoError(t, env.v.PurgeSnapshotsWithOptions(
-		&vaultik.SnapshotPurgeOptions{OlderThan: "1d"}))
+	require.ErrorIs(t, env.v.PurgeSnapshotsWithOptions(
+		&vaultik.SnapshotPurgeOptions{OlderThan: "1d"}),
+		vaultik.ErrNotConfirmed)
 	assert.Contains(t, findTableRow(t, env.stdout.String(), listLocalID),
 		wantSize, "snapshot purge")
 }
@@ -791,9 +809,17 @@ func TestListSnapshots_JSONReportsTruncation(t *testing.T) {
 
 	timestamp := time.Date(2026, 3, 2, 11, 22, 33, 0, time.UTC)
 
-	// One past the cap, so exactly one snapshot is omitted.
+	// One past the cap, so exactly one snapshot is omitted. The listing
+	// names a snapshot by the key its manifest is stored under, never by
+	// the manifest's own ID. So all of them share one encoded manifest:
+	// encoding 1001 took seconds.
+	data := encodeRemoteManifest(t,
+		snapshot.RemoteSnapshotKey("otherhost_bulk"),
+		timestamp.Format(time.RFC3339))
+
 	for i := range maxRemoteOnlyRowsForTest + 1 {
-		env.addRemote(t, fmt.Sprintf("otherhost_bulk_%04d", i), timestamp)
+		env.putRemoteManifest(t, snapshot.RemoteSnapshotKey(
+			fmt.Sprintf("otherhost_bulk_%04d", i)), data)
 	}
 
 	stderr := captureProcessStderr(t, func() {

internal/vaultik/storage_bind.go

@@ -13,35 +13,30 @@ import (
 var errStorageBindingMismatch = errors.New(
 	"local index is bound to a different backup destination")
 
-// EnsureStorageBinding guarantees that the local index database is
-// bound to the currently-configured storage destination. Every mutating
-// command must call this before touching either the local index or the
-// destination store, because the two live in lockstep: the local index
-// records which chunks/blobs already exist at the destination, and
-// mismatched destination + local index produces silent corruption (the
-// scanner sees "known" chunks and skips uploads, then writes snapshots
-// whose manifests reference blobs that aren't on the new destination).
+// checkStorageBinding refuses when the local index database is bound to
+// a different destination than the configured one, with an error that
+// tells the user how to recover (revert the config, or run `vaultik
+// database delete`). Every mutating command calls it before touching
+// either the local index or the destination store, because the two live
+// in lockstep: the local index records which chunks/blobs already exist
+// at the destination, and a mismatched pair produces silent corruption
+// (the scanner sees "known" chunks and skips uploads, then writes
+// snapshots whose manifests reference blobs that aren't on the new
+// destination).
 //
-// Behaviour:
-//   - On first use (empty stored value), record the configured
-//     destination (storage_url, or the s3.* endpoint, bucket and
-//     prefix) and log the binding.
-//   - When the stored value matches the configured destination, do
-//     nothing and return nil.
-//   - When the two differ, refuse with an error that tells the user
-//     how to recover (revert the config, or run `vaultik database
-//     delete` to discard the local index and rebuild against the new
-//     destination on the next backup).
+// It records nothing. Only a backup binds the local index, through
+// EnsureStorageBinding, and it does so before adding anything to it. An
+// unbound local index therefore holds nothing from any destination.
 //
 // Read-only inspection commands (remote info, snapshot list, etc.)
 // deliberately don't call this: they can be run against a bare
 // destination store without any binding state.
-func (v *Vaultik) EnsureStorageBinding() error {
+func (v *Vaultik) checkStorageBinding() error {
 	if v.Repositories == nil || v.Config == nil {
 		// NewForTesting builds a Vaultik with no DB or config;
-		// there's nothing to bind and no binding to check. Callers
-		// exercising the bind path use a real DB and populate Config
-		// explicitly (see storage_bind_test.go).
+		// there's no binding to check. Callers exercising the bind
+		// path use a real DB and populate Config explicitly (see
+		// storage_bind_test.go).
 		return nil
 	}
 
@@ -50,6 +45,24 @@ func (v *Vaultik) EnsureStorageBinding() error {
 		return err
 	}
 
+	if stored == "" || stored == configured {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	return fmt.Errorf("%w\n%s",
+		errStorageBindingMismatch, buildBindingMismatchMessage(stored, configured))
+}
+
+// EnsureStorageBinding records the configured destination (storage_url,
+// or the s3.* endpoint, bucket and prefix) as the binding of an unbound
+// local index. It refuses as checkStorageBinding does when the local
+// index is bound to a different destination.
+func (v *Vaultik) EnsureStorageBinding() error {
+	stored, configured, err := v.storageBinding()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
 	if stored == "" {
 		err = v.Repositories.LocalMeta.Set(
 			v.ctx, database.LocalMetaKeyStorageURL, configured)
@@ -62,12 +75,12 @@ func (v *Vaultik) EnsureStorageBinding() error {
 		return nil
 	}
 
-	if stored == configured {
-		return nil
+	if stored != configured {
+		return fmt.Errorf("%w\n%s",
+			errStorageBindingMismatch, buildBindingMismatchMessage(stored, configured))
 	}
 
-	return fmt.Errorf("%w\n%s",
-		errStorageBindingMismatch, buildBindingMismatchMessage(stored, configured))
+	return nil
 }
 
 // storageBinding returns the destination the local index is bound to

internal/vaultik/storage_bind_test.go

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ package vaultik_test
 
 import (
 	"context"
+	"path/filepath"
 	"testing"
 
 	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
@@ -9,9 +10,126 @@ import (
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/config"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/database"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/log"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/storage"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/storage/faultstore"
 	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/vaultik"
 )
 
+// storageBindingOf returns the destination the local index is bound to,
+// or "" when it is not bound.
+func storageBindingOf(
+	ctx context.Context, t *testing.T, repos *database.Repositories,
+) string {
+	t.Helper()
+
+	got, err := repos.LocalMeta.Get(ctx, database.LocalMetaKeyStorageURL)
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	return got
+}
+
+// TestFailedFirstBackupLeavesIndexUnbound checks that a first backup
+// the destination refuses, as a mistyped bucket would, leaves the local
+// index unbound, so a backup with the corrected destination succeeds.
+func TestFailedFirstBackupLeavesIndexUnbound(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	storeDir := t.TempDir()
+	v, repos := newFileDestinationVaultik(ctx, t, storeDir)
+	working := v.Storage
+
+	refusing := faultstore.New(working)
+	refusing.OnPut = func(string) faultstore.PutAction { return faultstore.PutFail }
+	refusing.OnStat = func(string) bool { return true }
+	v.Storage = refusing
+	v.Config.StorageURL = "file://" + filepath.Join(t.TempDir(), "typo")
+
+	require.ErrorIs(t, backUp(v, "first"), faultstore.ErrInjectedUpload)
+	assert.Empty(t, storageBindingOf(ctx, t, repos))
+
+	v.Storage = working
+	v.Config.StorageURL = "file://" + storeDir
+
+	require.NoError(t, backUp(v, "first"))
+	assert.Equal(t, "file://"+storeDir, storageBindingOf(ctx, t, repos))
+}
+
+// TestBackupToOtherDestinationWritesNoMarker checks that a backup
+// refuses a local index bound to a different destination before it
+// writes the marker to the configured one.
+func TestBackupToOtherDestinationWritesNoMarker(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	ctx := context.Background()
+	firstDir := t.TempDir()
+	v, _ := newFileDestinationVaultik(ctx, t, firstDir)
+	v.Config.StorageURL = "file://" + firstDir
+
+	require.NoError(t, backUp(v, "first"))
+
+	secondDir := t.TempDir()
+	secondStore, err := storage.NewFileStorer(secondDir)
+	require.NoError(t, err)
+
+	v.Storage = secondStore
+	v.Config.StorageURL = "file://" + secondDir
+
+	require.ErrorContains(t, backUp(v, "first"),
+		"local index is bound to a different backup destination")
+	assert.NoFileExists(t, filepath.Join(secondDir, markerFile))
+}
+
+// TestCommandsOtherThanBackupLeaveIndexUnbound checks that commands
+// other than a backup do not bind an unbound local index, whether or not
+// they fail. Each runs on a fresh local index.
+func TestCommandsOtherThanBackupLeaveIndexUnbound(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	tests := []struct {
+		name string
+		run  func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error
+	}{
+		{"prune", func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
+			return v.Prune(&vaultik.PruneOptions{Force: true})
+		}},
+		{"snapshot purge", func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
+			return v.PurgeSnapshotsWithOptions(
+				&vaultik.SnapshotPurgeOptions{KeepLatest: true, Force: true})
+		}},
+		{"snapshot remove", func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
+			_, err := v.RemoveSnapshot("host_first_2026-01-02T03:04:05Z",
+				&vaultik.RemoveOptions{Force: true})
+
+			return err
+		}},
+		{"snapshot remove --all", func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
+			_, err := v.RemoveAllSnapshots(&vaultik.RemoveOptions{Force: true})
+
+			return err
+		}},
+		{"remote nuke", func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
+			return v.NukeRemote(true)
+		}},
+	}
+
+	for _, tt := range tests {
+		t.Run(tt.name, func(t *testing.T) {
+			t.Parallel()
+
+			ctx := context.Background()
+			v, repos := newFileDestinationVaultik(ctx, t, t.TempDir())
+
+			_ = tt.run(v)
+
+			assert.Empty(t, storageBindingOf(ctx, t, repos))
+		})
+	}
+}
+
 // buildBindTestVaultik returns a minimal Vaultik wired with a real
 // in-memory DB and a config carrying the given StorageURL. Enough to
 // exercise EnsureStorageBinding without spinning up storage or fx.

internal/vaultik/unknown_snapshot_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+package vaultik_test
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"context"
+	"testing"
+
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/require"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/config"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/log"
+	"sneak.berlin/go/vaultik/internal/vaultik"
+)
+
+// TestUnknownSnapshotID checks that restore and verify, given an ID that
+// names no snapshot in the local index or on the destination store, say
+// so in the words `snapshot remove` uses and print nothing else.
+func TestUnknownSnapshotID(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	const unknownID = "host1_home_2026-01-01T00:00:00Z"
+
+	commands := map[string]func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error{
+		"restore": func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
+			return v.Restore(&vaultik.RestoreOptions{
+				SnapshotID: unknownID,
+				TargetDir:  t.TempDir(),
+			})
+		},
+		"verify": func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
+			return v.VerifySnapshotWithOptions(unknownID, &vaultik.VerifyOptions{})
+		},
+		"verify --deep": func(v *vaultik.Vaultik) error {
+			return v.VerifySnapshotWithOptions(unknownID,
+				&vaultik.VerifyOptions{Deep: true})
+		},
+	}
+
+	for name, run := range commands {
+		t.Run(name, func(t *testing.T) {
+			t.Parallel()
+
+			store := newTestStorer()
+			addManifest(t, store, "snapshot-001", nil)
+
+			// A backup wrote to this destination, so it carries the marker.
+			require.NoError(t, store.Put(context.Background(), markerFile,
+				bytes.NewReader(nil)))
+
+			tv := vaultik.NewForTesting(store)
+			tv.Config = &config.Config{AgeSecretKey: testAgeSecretKey}
+			tv.Repositories = newLocalIndex(t, "snapshot-001")
+
+			err := run(tv.Vaultik)
+
+			require.EqualError(t, err, "snapshot not found in the local "+
+				"index or on the destination store: "+unknownID)
+			assert.Empty(t, tv.Stdout.String())
+		})
+	}
+}

internal/vaultik/vaultik.go

@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ package vaultik
 import (
 	"bytes"
 	"context"
+	"errors"
 	"fmt"
 	"io"
 	"os"
@@ -184,6 +185,12 @@ func (v *Vaultik) printlnStdout(args ...any) {
 	_, _ = fmt.Fprintln(v.Stdout, args...)
 }
 
+// ErrNotConfirmed is returned when a confirmation prompt gets any answer
+// but the one it asks for (`y` or `Y`, or `yes` for `database delete`), or
+// stdin ends first. Nothing the prompt asked about is deleted, and the
+// command exits non-zero.
+var ErrNotConfirmed = errors.New("deletion not confirmed")
+
 // scanStdin reads a line of input from stdin.
 func (v *Vaultik) scanStdin(a ...any) (int, error) {
 	return fmt.Fscanln(v.Stdin, a...)

internal/vaultik/verify.go

@@ -120,12 +120,17 @@ func (v *Vaultik) RunDeepVerify(snapshotID string, opts *VerifyOptions) error {
 
 	log.Info("Starting snapshot verification", "snapshot_id", snapshotID, "mode", "deep")
 
+	remoteKey, err := v.resolveSnapshotRemoteKey(snapshotID)
+	if err != nil {
+		return v.deepVerifyFailure(result, opts, err.Error(), err)
+	}
+
 	if !opts.JSON && !v.UI.Quiet() {
 		v.stdoutf("Deep verification of snapshot: %s\n\n", snapshotID)
 	}
 
 	manifest, tempDB, dbBlobs, err := v.loadVerificationData(
-		snapshotID, opts, result, identities)
+		snapshotID, remoteKey, opts, result, identities)
 	if err != nil {
 		return err
 	}
@@ -170,27 +175,19 @@ func (v *Vaultik) RunDeepVerify(snapshotID string, opts *VerifyOptions) error {
 	return nil
 }
 
-// loadVerificationData downloads manifest, database, and blob list for verification
+// loadVerificationData downloads manifest, database, and blob list for
+// verification of the snapshot at remoteKey, which
+// resolveSnapshotRemoteKey returned for snapshotID.
 func (v *Vaultik) loadVerificationData(
-	snapshotID string, opts *VerifyOptions, result *VerifyResult,
+	snapshotID, remoteKey string, opts *VerifyOptions, result *VerifyResult,
 	identities []age.Identity,
 ) (*snapshot.Manifest, *tempDB, []snapshot.BlobInfo, error) {
-	// Resolve the identifier to the snapshot's remote key. A human ID is
-	// hashed; a remote key (or its abbreviation, as printed for a
-	// remote-only snapshot) is used as-is, so a host with no local index
-	// can verify a snapshot it can only see on the store.
-	remoteKey, err := v.resolveSnapshotRemoteKey(snapshotID)
-	if err != nil {
-		return nil, nil, nil, v.deepVerifyFailure(result, opts,
-			fmt.Sprintf("resolving snapshot identifier: %v", err), err)
-	}
-
 	// Download manifest. downloadManifestByKey is the single reader for
 	// remote manifests; see its doc comment.
 	log.Info("Downloading manifest", "remote_key", remoteKey)
 
 	if !opts.JSON && !v.UI.Quiet() {
-		v.stdoutf("Downloading manifest...\n")
+		v.UI.Beginf("Downloading manifest...")
 	}
 
 	manifest, err := v.downloadManifestByKey(remoteKey)
@@ -205,9 +202,9 @@ func (v *Vaultik) loadVerificationData(
 		"manifest_total_size", ubytes(manifest.TotalCompressedSize))
 
 	if !opts.JSON && !v.UI.Quiet() {
-		v.stdoutf("Manifest loaded: %d blobs (%s)\n",
+		v.UI.Completef("Manifest loaded: %d blobs (%s)",
 			manifest.BlobCount, ubytes(manifest.TotalCompressedSize))
-		v.stdoutf("Downloading and decrypting database...\n")
+		v.UI.Beginf("Downloading and decrypting database...")
 	}
 
 	tdb, err := v.downloadVerifiedSnapshotDB(
@@ -235,7 +232,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) loadVerificationData(
 		"db_total_size", ubytes(dbTotalSize))
 
 	if !opts.JSON && !v.UI.Quiet() {
-		v.stdoutf("Database loaded: %d blobs (%s)\n",
+		v.UI.Completef("Database loaded: %d blobs (%s)",
 			len(dbBlobs), ubytes(dbTotalSize))
 	}
 
@@ -267,6 +264,10 @@ func (v *Vaultik) downloadVerifiedSnapshotDB(
 	defer func() { _ = dbReader.Close() }()
 
 	tdb, err := v.decryptAndLoadDatabase(dbReader, identities)
+	if errors.Is(err, errWrongPrivateKey) {
+		return nil, v.deepVerifyFailure(result, opts, err.Error(), err)
+	}
+
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, v.deepVerifyFailure(result, opts,
 			fmt.Sprintf("failed to decrypt database: %v", err),
@@ -295,7 +296,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) runVerificationSteps(
 	identities []age.Identity,
 ) error {
 	if !opts.JSON && !v.UI.Quiet() {
-		v.stdoutf("Verifying manifest against database...\n")
+		v.UI.Beginf("Verifying manifest against database...")
 	}
 
 	err := v.verifyManifestAgainstDatabase(manifest, dbBlobs)
@@ -304,8 +305,8 @@ func (v *Vaultik) runVerificationSteps(
 	}
 
 	if !opts.JSON && !v.UI.Quiet() {
-		v.stdoutf("Manifest verified.\n")
-		v.stdoutf("Checking blob existence in remote storage...\n")
+		v.UI.Completef("Manifest verified.")
+		v.UI.Beginf("Checking blob existence in remote storage...")
 	}
 
 	err = v.verifyBlobExistenceFromDB(dbBlobs, result)
@@ -314,8 +315,8 @@ func (v *Vaultik) runVerificationSteps(
 	}
 
 	if !opts.JSON && !v.UI.Quiet() {
-		v.stdoutf("All blobs exist.\n")
-		v.stdoutf("Downloading and verifying blob contents (%d blobs, %s)...\n",
+		v.UI.Completef("All blobs exist.")
+		v.UI.Beginf("Downloading and verifying blob contents (%d blobs, %s)...",
 			len(dbBlobs), ubytes(totalSize))
 	}
 
@@ -351,9 +352,9 @@ func (v *Vaultik) decryptAndLoadDatabase(
 	reader io.ReadCloser, identities []age.Identity,
 ) (*tempDB, error) {
 	// Decrypt and decompress through the shared blobgen reader.
-	blobReader, err := blobgen.NewReader(reader, identities...)
+	blobReader, err := v.newSnapshotDBReader(reader, identities)
 	if err != nil {
-		return nil, fmt.Errorf("failed to create decryption reader: %w", err)
+		return nil, err
 	}
 
 	defer func() { _ = blobReader.Close() }()
@@ -426,7 +427,11 @@ func (v *Vaultik) verifyBlob(
 	// the plaintext as it is read. A blob's hash — its remote name — is the
 	// double SHA-256 of that plaintext (see blobgen.DoubleSHA256), not of the
 	// encrypted bytes.
-	blobReader, err := blobgen.NewReader(reader, identities...)
+	blobReader, err := v.newBlobReader(reader, identities)
+	if errors.Is(err, errWrongPrivateKeyForBlob) {
+		return err
+	}
+
 	if err != nil {
 		return fmt.Errorf("failed to create blob reader: %w", err)
 	}
@@ -790,7 +795,7 @@ func (v *Vaultik) performDeepVerificationFromDB(
 		)
 
 		if !opts.JSON && !v.UI.Quiet() {
-			v.stdoutf("  Verified %d/%d blobs (%d remaining) - %s/%s - elapsed %s, eta %s\n",
+			v.UI.Progressf("Verified %d/%d blobs (%d remaining) - %s/%s - elapsed %s, eta %s",
 				i+1, len(blobs), remaining,
 				ubytes(bytesProcessed),
 				ubytes(totalBytesExpected),

internal/vaultik/verify_quiet_test.go

@@ -100,3 +100,51 @@ func TestVerify_QuietSuppressesReport(t *testing.T) {
 	require.Empty(t, stdout.String(),
 		"a failed verify must write no report under --quiet")
 }
+
+// TestVerify_DeepStatusLineUsesUIMarker checks that the deep verify
+// status lines go through internal/ui: marker-prefixed, and silenced by
+// --quiet.
+func TestVerify_DeepStatusLineUsesUIMarker(t *testing.T) {
+	log.Initialize(log.Config{})
+	t.Parallel()
+
+	fs := afero.NewOsFs()
+	tempDir := t.TempDir()
+
+	dataDir := filepath.Join(tempDir, "source")
+	storeDir := t.TempDir()
+	dbPath := filepath.Join(tempDir, "index.sqlite")
+
+	require.NoError(t, fs.MkdirAll(dataDir, 0o755))
+	require.NoError(t, afero.WriteFile(fs,
+		filepath.Join(dataDir, "data.bin"),
+		bytesPattern("marker-", 64*1024), 0o644))
+
+	ctx := context.Background()
+
+	cfg, storer, snapshotID := runFileStorageBackup(
+		ctx, t, fs, dataDir, storeDir, dbPath, 32*1024, 128*1024)
+
+	var stdout bytes.Buffer
+
+	v := &vaultik.Vaultik{
+		Config:  cfg,
+		Storage: storer,
+		Fs:      fs,
+		Stdout:  &stdout,
+		Stderr:  io.Discard,
+		UI:      ui.NewWithColor(&stdout, false),
+	}
+	v.SetContext(ctx)
+
+	opts := &vaultik.VerifyOptions{Deep: true}
+
+	require.NoError(t, v.VerifySnapshotWithOptions(snapshotID, opts))
+	require.Contains(t, stdout.String(),
+		"\n"+ui.Marker+" Downloading manifest...\n")
+
+	stdout.Reset()
+	v.UI.SetQuiet(true)
+	require.NoError(t, v.VerifySnapshotWithOptions(snapshotID, opts))
+	require.NotContains(t, stdout.String(), "Downloading manifest")
+}

package.json

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+{
+  "devDependencies": {
+    "prettier": "3.8.1"
+  }
+}

script/bootstrap

@@ -3,11 +3,20 @@
 # this repo. Idempotent: every install is guarded by a check so already
 # installed tools are skipped. Base tooling comes from nix, apt, brew,
 # or apk (detected in that order); assumes NOTHING is present (not git,
-# make, or go).
+# make, or go). Node is used directly if installed; otherwise it is
+# installed at a pinned version via nvm (installing nvm itself first,
+# from a hash-verified release archive, never curl | sh).
 set -eu
 
 ROOT="$(cd "$(dirname "$0")/.." && pwd -P)"
 
+# Pinned versions, 2026-07-06
+NODE_VERSION="22.17.0"
+NVM_VERSION="0.40.3"
+# sha256 of https://github.com/nvm-sh/nvm/archive/refs/tags/v0.40.3.tar.gz
+NVM_SHA256="5f4d6aaa04a177dc93c985e31dbc411ab6b8c6e1e21d8015dbc1372625fcd1d0"
+YARN_VERSION="1.22.22"
+
 PKGMGR=""
 SUDO=""
 
@@ -48,6 +57,69 @@ missing() {
     ! command -v "$1" >/dev/null 2>&1
 }
 
+# verify_sha256 <file> <expected-hash>
+verify_sha256() {
+    if command -v sha256sum >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        actual="$(sha256sum "$1" | cut -d' ' -f1)"
+    else
+        actual="$(shasum -a 256 "$1" | cut -d' ' -f1)"
+    fi
+    if [ "$actual" != "$2" ]; then
+        echo "bootstrap: sha256 mismatch for $1" >&2
+        echo "  expected: $2" >&2
+        echo "  actual:   $actual" >&2
+        exit 1
+    fi
+}
+
+# nvm is a bash script; run a command in a bash with nvm loaded
+nvm_sh() {
+    bash -c ". \"\$HOME/.nvm/nvm.sh\" && $*"
+}
+
+ensure_nvm() {
+    [ -s "$HOME/.nvm/nvm.sh" ] && return 0
+    # nvm prerequisites; nvm itself requires bash
+    if missing bash; then pkg_install bash bash bash bash; fi
+    if missing curl; then pkg_install curl curl curl curl; fi
+    if missing git; then pkg_install git git git git; fi
+    tmp="$(mktemp -d)"
+    curl -fsSL -o "$tmp/nvm.tar.gz" \
+        "https://github.com/nvm-sh/nvm/archive/refs/tags/v${NVM_VERSION}.tar.gz"
+    verify_sha256 "$tmp/nvm.tar.gz" "$NVM_SHA256"
+    mkdir -p "$HOME/.nvm"
+    tar -xzf "$tmp/nvm.tar.gz" -C "$HOME/.nvm" --strip-components=1
+    rm -rf "$tmp"
+}
+
+ensure_node() {
+    if ! missing node; then return 0; fi
+    ensure_nvm
+    nvm_sh "nvm install $NODE_VERSION"
+}
+
+ensure_yarn() {
+    if ! missing yarn; then return 0; fi
+    if ! missing corepack; then
+        corepack enable
+        corepack prepare "yarn@$YARN_VERSION" --activate
+    elif [ -s "$HOME/.nvm/nvm.sh" ]; then
+        nvm_sh "nvm use $NODE_VERSION >/dev/null && corepack enable && \
+            corepack prepare yarn@$YARN_VERSION --activate"
+    else
+        npm install -g "yarn@$YARN_VERSION"
+    fi
+}
+
+install_js_deps() {
+    if missing yarn && [ -s "$HOME/.nvm/nvm.sh" ]; then
+        nvm_sh "nvm use $NODE_VERSION >/dev/null && cd \"$ROOT\" && \
+            yarn install --frozen-lockfile"
+    else
+        yarn install --frozen-lockfile
+    fi
+}
+
 # Docker is a hard requirement, not a nice-to-have: script/lint and
 # script/test build the lint and test phases of the Dockerfile, the only
 # place the linter and the tests run, and script/check and
@@ -103,6 +175,8 @@ main() {
     # Base tooling (every repo)
     if missing git; then pkg_install git git git git; fi
     if missing make; then pkg_install gnumake make make make; fi
+    # script/install-go, script/install-goreleaser and nvm download with it.
+    if missing curl; then pkg_install curl curl curl curl; fi
 
     # Go toolchain: the host's own, or else the version go.mod names,
     # hash-verified, in .tool/go. That directory is not on the caller's
@@ -131,6 +205,11 @@ main() {
 
     go mod download
 
+    # prettier, which script/fmt and script/fmt-check run on Markdown.
+    ensure_node
+    ensure_yarn
+    install_js_deps
+
     # Last, so that everything installable is installed before the one
     # thing this script cannot install decides the outcome.
     require_docker

script/fmt

@@ -4,11 +4,31 @@ set -eu
 
 ROOT="$(cd "$(dirname "$0")/.." && pwd -P)"
 
+# Must match the pin in script/bootstrap.
+NODE_VERSION="22.17.0"
+
+# script/bootstrap installs node and yarn under nvm and leaves neither
+# on the PATH of the shell that called it, so resolve the pinned
+# toolchain here the way bootstrap's own install step does. nvm is a
+# bash script, hence the subshell.
+run_yarn() {
+    if command -v yarn >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        exec yarn "$@"
+    fi
+    if [ ! -s "$HOME/.nvm/nvm.sh" ]; then
+        echo "fmt: no yarn; run script/bootstrap first" >&2
+        exit 1
+    fi
+    exec bash -c '. "$HOME/.nvm/nvm.sh" && nvm use "$1" >/dev/null &&
+        shift && exec yarn "$@"' bash "$NODE_VERSION" "$@"
+}
+
 main() {
     cd "$ROOT"
     # Where script/bootstrap installs Go when the host has none.
     PATH="$PATH:$ROOT/.tool/go/bin"
     go fmt ./...
+    run_yarn run prettier --write '**/*.md' --tab-width 4 --prose-wrap always
 }
 
 main "$@"

script/fmt-check

@@ -3,11 +3,30 @@
 # writing. It checks every Go file outside .tool, which is more than
 # script/fmt formats: `go fmt ./...` skips `testdata` directories and
 # files and directories whose names start with `.` or `_`. Fix a file
-# only this reports with `gofmt -w`.
+# only this reports with `gofmt -w`. Markdown is checked with prettier.
 set -eu
 
 ROOT="$(cd "$(dirname "$0")/.." && pwd -P)"
 
+# Must match the pin in script/bootstrap.
+NODE_VERSION="22.17.0"
+
+# script/bootstrap installs node and yarn under nvm and leaves neither
+# on the PATH of the shell that called it, so resolve the pinned
+# toolchain here the way bootstrap's own install step does. nvm is a
+# bash script, hence the subshell.
+run_yarn() {
+    if command -v yarn >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+        exec yarn "$@"
+    fi
+    if [ ! -s "$HOME/.nvm/nvm.sh" ]; then
+        echo "fmt-check: no yarn; run script/bootstrap first" >&2
+        exit 1
+    fi
+    exec bash -c '. "$HOME/.nvm/nvm.sh" && nvm use "$1" >/dev/null &&
+        shift && exec yarn "$@"' bash "$NODE_VERSION" "$@"
+}
+
 main() {
     cd "$ROOT"
     # Where script/bootstrap installs Go when the host has none.
@@ -23,6 +42,7 @@ main() {
         echo "$unformatted" >&2
         exit 1
     fi
+    run_yarn run prettier --check '**/*.md' --tab-width 4 --prose-wrap always
 }
 
 main "$@"

script/version

@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
 # when no tag is reachable, each with a "-dirty" suffix when tracked
 # files have uncommitted changes. Untracked files are ignored: a stray
 # scratch file does not change what was compiled. Outside a git checkout
-# (release tarball, `go install`), or in one with no commits, it is
-# "dev".
+# (such as an unpacked release tarball), or in one with no commits, it
+# is "dev".
 #
 # Nothing here ever invents a version number.
 set -eu

yarn.lock

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+# THIS IS AN AUTOGENERATED FILE. DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE DIRECTLY.
+# yarn lockfile v1
+
+
+prettier@3.8.1:
+  version "3.8.1"
+  resolved "https://registry.yarnpkg.com/prettier/-/prettier-3.8.1.tgz#edf48977cf991558f4fcbd8a3ba6015ba2a3a173"
+  integrity sha512-UOnG6LftzbdaHZcKoPFtOcCKztrQ57WkHDeRD9t/PTQtmT0NHSeWWepj6pS0z/N7+08BHFDQVUrfmfMRcZwbMg==